137
CHAPTER 3 LOW ALTITUDE AIR DEFENSE (LAAD) GUNNER (MOS 7212) NAVMC 3500.57A 22 Nov 11 INDIVIDU}\.L TRAINING AND READINESS REQUIREMENTS . TRAINING PROGRESSION MODEL . ABBREVLZ\.TIONS . DEFINITIONS . INDIVIDUAL CORE SKILL PROFICIENCY (CSP) REQUIREMENTS. REQUIREMENT, CERTIFICATION, QUALIFICATION AND DESIGN.l\.TION TABLES . PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION (POI) . T&R SYLLABUS NOTES . ACADEMIC TRAINING . CORE SKILL INTRODUCTION TRAINING (l000) . CORE SKILL PROFICIENCY TRAINING (2000) ... MISSION SKILL PROFICIENCY TRAINING (3000) .................................CORE SKILLS PLUS TRAINING (4000) . INSTRUCTOR UNDER TRAINING (ruT) (5000) . REQUIREMENTS, QUALIFICATIONS AND DESIGNATIONS (6000) . AVIATION CAREER PROGRESSION MODEL (.Z\.CPM) (8000) . T&R ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN TABLE. . T&R SYLLABUS MATRIX SYLLABUS EVALUATION FORM . TRAINING MISSION ESSENTIAL SUBSYSTEMS MATRIX (EESM) .... EXPENDABLE ORDNANCE REQUIREMENTS . RANGE REQUIREMENTS . 3-1 PARAGRZ\.PH PAGE 3.0 3-3 3.1 3-3 3.2 3-4 3.3 3-4 3.4 3-5 3.5 3-9 3.6 3-12 3.7 3-12 3.8 3-14 3.9 3-15 3.10 3-31 3.11 3-81 3.12 3-94 3.13 3-97 3.14 3-98 3.15 3-103 3.16 3-105 3.17 3-114 3.18 3-135 3.19 3-135 3.20 3-136 3.21 3-137 Enclosure (1)

Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    4

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

CHAPTER 3

LOW ALTITUDE AIR DEFENSE (LAAD) GUNNER(MOS 7212)

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

INDIVIDU}\.L TRAINING AND READINESS REQUIREMENTS .

TRAINING PROGRESSION MODEL .

ABBREVLZ\.TIONS .

DEFINITIONS .

INDIVIDUAL CORE SKILL PROFICIENCY (CSP) REQUIREMENTS.

REQUIREMENT, CERTIFICATION, QUALIFICATIONAND DESIGN.l\.TION TABLES .

PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION (POI) .

T&R SYLLABUS NOTES .

ACADEMIC TRAINING .

CORE SKILL INTRODUCTION TRAINING (l000) .

CORE SKILL PROFICIENCY TRAINING (2000) ...

MISSION SKILL PROFICIENCY TRAINING (3000) .................................•

CORE SKILLS PLUS TRAINING (4000) .

INSTRUCTOR UNDER TRAINING (ruT) (5000) .

REQUIREMENTS, CER~IFICATIONS,

QUALIFICATIONS AND DESIGNATIONS (6000) .

AVIATION CAREER PROGRESSION MODEL (.Z\.CPM) (8000) .

T&R ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN TABLE. .

T&R SYLLABUS MATRIX

SYLLABUS EVALUATION FORM .

TRAINING MISSION ESSENTIAL SUBSYSTEMS MATRIX (EESM) ....

EXPENDABLE ORDNANCE REQUIREMENTS .

RANGE REQUIREMENTS .

3-1

PARAGRZ\.PH PAGE

3.0 3-3

3.1 3-3

3.2 3-4

3.3 3-4

3.4 3-5

3.5 3-9

3.6 3-12

3.7 3-12

3.8 3-14

3.9 3-15

3.10 3-31

3.11 3-81

3.12 3-94

3.13 3-97

3.14 3-98

3.15 3-103

3.16 3-105

3.17 3-114

3.18 3-135

3.19 3-135

3.20 3-136

3.21 3-137

Enclosure (1)

Page 2: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Enclosure (1)

PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Page 3: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

CHAPTER 3

LOW ALTITUDE AIR DEFENSE (LAAD) GUNNER(MaS 7212)

3.0 INDIVIDUAL TRAINING AND READINESS REQUIREMENTS. This T&R syllabus isbased on specific goals and performance standards designed to ensureindividual proficiency in Core Skills. The goal of this chapter is todevelop ind~vidual and unit war fighting capabilities.

3.1 TRAINING PROGRESSION MODEL. This model represents the recommendedtraining progression for the average LAAD Gunner in terms of coreskill, cert~fication and designation attainment (see fig. 2-1). Unitsshould use the model as a point of departure to generate individualtraining plans.

LETI/BI

LETI/SIPlatoon SergeantCERT 6004 / DESG 6319

Basic Gu=er

Assistant GunnerCERT 6001 / DESG 6316

Team LeaderCERT 6002 / DESG 6317

Section LeaderCERT 6003 / DESG 6318

Figure 3-1.--LAAD Enlisted Progression Model.

3-3Enclosure (1)

Page 4: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3.2 ABBREVIATIONS

LAAD

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS SKILL ABBREVIATIONS

CORE SKILLS (2000 Phase)

AGNR

TLDR

SLDR

PSGT

OPSC

GBAD

ASSISTANT GUNNER

TEAM LEADER

SECTION LEADER

PLATOON SERGEANT

OPERATIONS CHIEF

MISSION SKILLS (3000 Phase)

GROUND BASED AIR DEFENSE

INSTRUCTOR (5000 Phase)

BI

SI

LET I

BASIC INSTRUCTOR

SENIOR INSTRUCTOR

LAAD ENHANCEMENT TRAINING INSTRUCTOR

WTI WEAPONS AND TACTICS INSTRUCTORCERTIFICATIONS, QUALIFICATIONS AND .DESIGNATIONS

(6000 Phase)

AGNR

TLDR

SLDR

PSGT

OPSC

BI

SI

LETI

WTI

3.3 DEFINITIONS

ASSISTANT GUNNER

TEAM LEADER

SECTION LEADER

PLATOON SERGEANT

OPERATIONS CHIEF

BASIC INSTRUCTOR

SENIOR INSTRUCTOR

LAAD ENHANCEMENT TRAINING INSTRUCTOR

WEAPONS AND TACTICS INSTRUCTOR

TENM DEFINITIONThe Core Model is i..he basic foundation or standardized format by whichall T&Rs are constructed. The Core model provides the capability of

Core Model quantifying both unit and individual training requirements and measuringreadiness. This is accomplished by linking community MissionStatements, Mission Essential Task Lists, Output Standards, Core SkillProficiency Requirements and Combat Leadership Matrices

Enclosure (1) 3-4

Page 5: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov 11

Fundamental, environmental, or conditional capabilities required toperform basic functions. These basic functions serve as tactical

Core Skill enablers that allow crews to progress to the more complex MissionSkills. primarily 2000 Phase events but may be introduced in the 1000Phase.Mission Skills enable a unit 1:0 execute a specific MET. They arecomprised of advanced event(s) that are focused on MET performance and

Mission Skill dra...' upon the knowledge, aeronautical abilities, and situationalawareness developed during Core 8):i11 training. 3000 Phase events.

Training events that can be theater specific or that have a low

Core plus Skilllikelihood of occurrence. They may be Fundamental, environmental, orconditional capabilities required to perform basic functions. 4000Phase events.Training even ... s tha ... can be theater specific or that have a low

Core Plus Mission likelihood of occurrence. They are comprised of advanced event(s) thatare focused on Core plus IvIET performance and draw upon the knowledge,aeronautical abi1i ties, and situa'tional awareness. 4000 Phase events.CS? is a measure 0:: training comple'tion for :.:000 Phase even ... s. CSP is

Core skill attained by executing all events listed in the Attain Table for eachProficiency (CSP) Core Skill. The individual must be simultaneously proficient in all

events within that Core Skill to attain esp.MSP is a measure of training completion for 3000 Phase events. MSP is

Mission Skill attained by executing all events listed in the Attain Table for each

Proficiency (MSP) Mission Skill. The individual must be simultaneously proficient in allevents within that Mission Skill to attain MSP. MSP is directly relatedto Training Readiness.CPSP is a measure of training completion for 4000 Phase "Skill" events.

Core plus Skill CPSP is attained by executing all events listed in the Attain Table forProficiency (CPSP) each Core Plus Skill. The individual must be simultaneously proficient

in all events within that Core Plus Skill to attain CPSP

CPMP is a measure of training completion for 4000 Phase "Mission"Core Plus Mission events. CPMP is attained by executing all events listed in the ll.ttainProficiency (CPMP) Table for each Core plus Mission. The individual must be simultaneously

proficient in all events within that Core Plus Mission to attain CPMP

3.4 INDIVIDUAL CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS SKILL PROFICIENCYICSP)REQUIREMENTS

3.4.1 Management of individual CSP/MSP/CPSP/CPMP serves as the foundationfor developing proficiency requirements in DRRS.

3.4.2 Individual CSP is a "Yes/No" status assigned to an individual by CoreSkill. When an individual attains and maintains CSP in a Core Skill, theindividual counts towards CMMR Unit CSP requirements for that Core Skill.

3.4.3where

Proficiency is attained by individual Core/Mission/Corethe training events for each skill are determined by POI

Plus skillassignment.

3.4.4 Once proficiency has been attained by Core/Mission/Core Plus Skill (byany POI assignment) then the individual maintains proficiency by executingthose events noted in the maintain table and in the "Maintain POI" column ofthe T&R syllabus matrix. An individual maintains proficiency by individualCore/Mission/Core Plus Skill.

*Note*Individuals may be attaining proficiency in someCore/Mission/Core Plus Skills while maintaining proficiencyin other Core/Mission/Core Plus Skills.

3.4.5 'Once proficiency has been attained, should one lose proficiency in anevent in the "Maintain POI" column, proficiency can be re-attained bydemonstrating proficiency in the delinquent event. Should an individual loseproficiency in all events in the "Maintain POI" column by Core/Mission/CorePlus Skill, the individual will be assigned to the Refresher POI for thatSkill. To regain proficiency for that Core/Mission/Core Plus Skill theindividual must demonstrate proficiency in all R-coded events for that Skill.

3-5Enclosure (1)

Page 6: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

LAAD 7212

ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS PROFICIENCY MATRIX 'BY POI

ATTAIN PROFICIENCY IBASIC POI I REFRESHER POI I

CORE SKILL (2000 Phase)

MAINTAIN

PROFICIENCY

STAGE CODE

2000R

2001

2002

STAGE CODE

ZODOR

STAGE CODE

2000R

2003R

2004

2005R

2006R

2007R

, 20'O'3R

2Q05R

20Q:6R

2007R

2003:R

20D5R

2006R

2007R

AGNR

200SR

2009R

2010

2011

2012R

4",,","20:L6R

,

2019R

2020 ,

2022K ,

2023R

202AR

'ZOZ5R

2026

,

I, Z101R '

2102

2103

, :

2105

2106

200aR

2009R,

2012R

AGNR 2013R

2014R

2015R

2016R

'ZOlaR

'ZOl~lR

2020R

20211<, '

2022R

2023R

20241<

Z02SR

2101R

2104R

2009R

2012R

AGNR ~I

~20lSR

2016R

.,,( , "

,

<U"~K '

",

>,"'~

2023R , ,

2024R

2025R

Enclosure (1)

TLDR2l07R

2l0BR

2109R

2UOR

2111

2112R

2113R

2114R

2U5R

TLDR

3-6

2107R

210BR

21TOR

2112R

2l13R

2U4R

2115R

TLDR2107R

'210eR

2109R

211GR

2112R

2113R

2114R

2USR

Page 7: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.571'.22 1'lov 11

2116

2117R 2T17R 2117R

2118

2119R 2T19R 2119R

212QR Z120R Z120R

2121R 2121\' 2121R

2122

2123R 2123R 2123R

2124R 2124R 2124R

2125R 21'25R 2125R

ACPM 8006

2200R ! 2200R 220QR

2201R I 2201R 2201R

22Q2R ! 22Q2R 2202R

2203R 2203R 22D:3R

2204

2205R 22.05R 22·05R

2206

2207

220BR 220BR .220BR

2209

2210

2211

2212

2213

. 2214R 22l~R 22HR

22~5R 22151' 2215R

2216

22T7R < 2217R . 22171\

2218SLDR

2213SLDR

:R2l9SLDR

22~9

2220 2220 2220

2221

2222

2223

2224

2225

2226

2227R 2227R 2227R

222BR . 22Z:BR 2228R

2229R 2229R· 2229R

2227R 2227R 2227R

2228R 2228R 2228R

2229R 2229R 2Z29R

2230R 2230R 2230R

223~R . 223:1R 2231R

2232R 2232R 2232R

2233R 2233R 2233R

2234

3-7Enclosure (1)

Page 8: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

2235

ACPM 8001

ACPM-8002

ACPM-8003

ACPM-8004

ACPM B005

ACPM B006

ACPM 8007

ACPM B008

ACPM-8022

ACPM-8027

ACPM 8042

ACPM 8043

ACPM B044

ACPM-8045

ACPM-8065

Z30D:R•••••••

2·S0011 2300R

230~R •.•. 2'301R nOlR

ZS02R 2302R 2302R

••• .) 2303R •

2004

2005

2006

2307

PSGT 230B PSGT PSGT

2309

ACPM B021

ACPM Bon

ACPM-8024

ACPM-8025

ACPM 8026

ACPM 802B

. ACPM-8062

1·'·.2400R'.· ) . .·.·.2400R.

••.240:LR .•..• .: 24011{

2402

ACPM B041

ACPM-8061

ACPM B063

ACPM 8064

ACPM 80B1

opse ACPM-8082 opse opse

ACPM-B083

ACPM 8084

ACPM-8085

ACPM-8086

ACPr-1-8087

Enclosure (1) 3-8

Page 9: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.571'.2.7 N0~7 11

MISSION SKILL (3000 Phase)

STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

'300:0R 300QR 30UQR

.3OO1R 3001R 3001R

3002R 3002R 3002R

3003R 3003R 3003R

3004R 3004R 3004R

30l0R 30l0R 30lQR

30llR 301lR 30llRGBAD

3012RGBAD

:3012RGBAD

3012R

30UR 3013R 30UR

30l4R 3014R 3014R

3020R 302QR 30Z0R

3021R 3Q21R 3021R

3022R 3022R 302:2R

3023R 3023R 3023R3l00R 3IDOR 31.00R

3101R S10IR 310lR

ABGD 310ZR ABGD 3102R ABGD 3102R

31U3R 3l03R B:103R

.3104R 3104R 31D4R

"R" suffix and Grey highlight = R-coded "Refresher" event

3.5 REQUIREMENT, CERTIFICATION, QUALIFICATION, AND DESIGNATION TABLES. Thetables below delineate T&R events required to be completed to attainproficiency, and initial certifications and designations. In addition toevent requirements, all required lectures, briefs, battalion training,prerequisites, and other criteria shall be completed prior to completingfinal events. The evaluation form at appendix A shall be used to documentall event evaluations. Only after certification or designation requirementsare completed, respective events logged and applicable certification ordesignation letter signed by the commanding officer, will an individual beconsidered certified or designated. Signed letters shall be placed insection three of the Individual Performance Records (IPR) per chapter 2 ofthe reference.

3-9Enclosure (1)

Page 10: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

N1WMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

3.5.1 Instructor Designations

LAAD7212INSTRUCTOR DESIGNATIONS (5000 Phase)

INSTRUCTOR EVENTSDESIGNATION

B1 lUT-SOOO, 5010, 5020, CERT-6001

51 DESG-6320, rUT-SIOD, 5110, 5120, 5130, SCHL-6005

LETI SCHL-6005

WT1 SCHL-6000·

3.5.2 Certification. A certification refers to the evaluation processconducted during syllabus event(s) by a designated instructor or authorizedpersonnel for the purpose of ascertaining proficiency as Assistant Gunner,Team Leader, Section Leader, Platoon Sergeant, or Operations Chief as aprerequisite to designation in those billets. May also serve to ascertainone-time proficiency evaluation for a given position/ billet.

CERTIFICATIONTRACKING

REQUIREMENTSCODE

Must complete 2000 phase eventsAssistant Gunner (AGNR) CERT-6001 listed in Individual CSP Attain

Table for AGNR.

CERT-6001/ Min 6 months in A-Gunners

Team Leader (TLDR) CERT-6002billet. Must complete 2100 phaseevents listed in Individual CSPAttain Table for TLDR.CERT-6002/ Min 18 months in TLDR

Section Leader (SLDR) CERT-6003billet. Complete 2200 phase eventslisted in Individual CSP AttainTable for SLDR.CERT-6003/ Min 36 months in SLDR

Platoon Sergeant IPSGT) CERT-6004billet. Complete 2300 phas.e eventslisted in Individual CSP AttainTable for PSGT.CERT-6004. Complete 2400 phase

Operations Chief (OPSC) CERT-6005 events listed in Individual CSPAttain Table for OPSC.

3.5.3 Qualification

a. Qualifications are assigned to personnel based on demonstration ofproficiency in a specific skill. All qualifications are assigned one or moreT&R qualification events. When all qualification requirements and events arecompleted, the individual may be granted the respective qualification by thecommanding officer. Proficiency status of these qualification events is usedto determine qualification status; an individual qualification status may beether "Qualified" or "Not Qualified."

b. Qualifications are not required for progression as a 7212, but givethe ability to demonstrate and measure performance while conducting anassigned mission. Qualifications will be assigned to individuals; however it

Enclosure (1) 3-10

Page 11: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A77 Nnv 11

shows collective accomplishment of mission skills by the LAAD unit at aparticular time and is intended to serve as a culminating event.

c. Qualifications are perishable. If a qualified individual departs theunit and another individual fills the billet, the unit must complete therequirements again for the new individual to achieve qualification. However,a subordinate billet holder may retain their qualification even if a higherindividual departs the unit. An example.is a section leader may retain hisqualification even if there is a new platoon commander, however the newplatoon commander must employ bo~h his sections and headquarters to achievehis own qualification.

d. Requirements for qualification must be completed every twelve months.

QUALIFICATION TRACKING REQUIREMENTSCODE

Section Leader in GBAD QUAL-6200 GBAD-3000, GBAD-3001, GBAD-3002,GBAD-3003, GBAD-3004

Platoon Sergeant in GBAD QUAL-6201 GBAD 3010, GBAD3011, GBAD-3012,GBAD-3013, GBAD-3014

BN/BTRY Operations Chief in GBAD QUAL 6202 GBAD 3020, GBAD3021, GBAD-3022,GBAD-3023

Section Leader in ABGD QUAL-6210 ABGD 3100, ABGD3101, ABGD-3102

Operations Chief in ABGD QUAL-6211 ABGD-3103, ABGD-3104

3.5.4 Designation

a. A designation is a status assigned to an individual based onleadership ability. Designations are command specific and remain in effectuntil removed for cause or the individual is transferred to another command.Follow-on commands shall repeat the' "i-nitial documentation procedure." T&Rsyllabi shall refer to the MAWTS-l course catalog and other applicabledirectives for instructor designation criteria.

b. Unit instructors are designated by the commanding officer. As aminimum, a unit should maintain one Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI) tosupport LAAD training and operations. LAAD SNCOs (7212) receive MaS 7277upon completion of the WTI course. The completion certificate shall beplaced in the IPR per chapter 2 of the reference. Instructor designationsare outlined in the MAWTS-l C3 Course Catalog and applicable directives.

DESIGNATIONTRACKING

REQUIREMENTCODE

Assistant Gunner (AGNR) DESG-6110 CERT-6001Team Leader (TLDR) DESG-6111 CERT-6002Section Leader (SLDR) DESG-6112 CERT-6003Platoon Sergeant (PSGT) DESG-6113 CERT-6004Operations Chief (OPSC) DESG-6114 CERT-6005Lk~D Enhanced Tactics Instructor (LETI) DESG-6115 SCHL-6005

3-11Enclosure (1)

Page 12: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

..•

and Tactics (WTI) DESG-6322WTI Course Graduate

Weapons InstructorSCHL-6000

Basic Instructor DESG-6ll6CERT-6003, IUT-5000,IUT-5010, IUT-5020DESG-6ll6, ruT-5100,

Senior Instructor· DESG-6ll7 IUT-5ll0, IUT-5120,IUT-5130, SCHL-6005

3.6 PROGR~S OF INSTRUCTION (POI)

3.6.1 Basic POI

WEEKS COURSE / PHASE ACTIVITY1-12 Core Skill Introduction Training MCD, USAADSCH13-64 Core Skill Proficiency Training LAAD Unit65-169 Core Skill Training LAAD Unit170 190 Core Skill Plus Training LAAD Unit

3.6.2 Refresher POI

WEEKS COURSE / PHASE ACTIVITY12 Core Skill Basic Training LAAD Unit26 Mission Skill Training LAAD Unit26 Core Skill Plus Training LAAD Unit

3.7 T&R SYLLABUS NOTES. The purpose of this section is to provide astandardized training program for all LAAD Gunners. The overall goal is todevelop unit war fighting capabilities and not to measure the proficiency ofindividuals. Syllabi are based on specific performance standards designed toensure proficiency in core competencies. An effective T&R program is thefirst step in providing the MAGTF commander with an Aviation Combat Element(ACE) capable of accomplishing any and all of its stated missions. The T&Rprogram provides the fundamental tools for commanders to build and maintainunit combat proficiency and readiness. Using these tools, training managerscan construct and execute an effective training plan that supports unit METs.

The majority of this LAAD syllabus is academic training and requiresin-depth integration within the MAces. Likewise, development of MAGTFtraining involving extensive integration with the Ground Combat Element (GCE)is mandatory in the development of a LAAD officer.

3.7.1 Environmental Conditions Matrix

Environmental Conditions

Code MeaningD Shall be conducted during hours of daylight: Iby exception there is no use of a

symbol)

N Shall be conducted during hours of darkness, may be aided or unaided

N' Shall be conducted during hours of darkness must be flown unaided

(N*) Hay be conducted during hours of darkness If conducted during hours of darkness mustbe flown unaided

IN} May be conducted during darkness If conducted during hours of darkness; may be flownaided or unaided

Enclosure (1) 3-12

Page 13: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57!'.?? Nn,7 11

NS Shall be conducted during hours of darkness - I-jandatory use of Night Vision Devices

(NS) May be conducted during darkness If conducted during hours of darkness; must be flownwith Night Vision Devices

Note If the event is to be conducted in the simulator the Simulator Instructor shall set thedesired environmental conditions for the event.

3.7.2 Device MaLrix

DEVICE

Symbol MeaningEvent shall be conducted live (conduc\..ed in the field/garrison, du:::-ing anexercisE, etc) . Requires live (non-simulated) execution of the even::.

L

Event performed live preferred/simulator optional.Lis

Event performed in simulator preferred/live optional.S/L

Ground/academic training. May include Distance Learning, CBT, lectures, self

Gpaced.

computer Based TrainingCBT

LABLaboratory

LectureLEC

Command PostCP

Tactical Environment Network. Events designated as TEN require an approvedtactical environment simulation capable of introducing both semi-autonomousthreats and moving models controllable from the tactical operator station.

TENEnhanced Tactical Environment Network. Events designated as TEN+ require anapproved tactical environment simulation and at least one additional,networked, man-in-the-Ioop simulator to meet the training objectives. Amoving model controlled from the operator station does not satisfy the man-

TEN+ in-the-Ioop requirement.

Note If the event is to be flown in the simulator the Simulator Instructor shall setthe desired environmental conditions for the event.

3.7.3 Program of Instruction Matrix

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION MATRIX

Program ofInstruction

(POI) Symbol 'Aviation Ground

Basic B Initial MOS Training

Refresher R Return to community from non (MOS/Skill) associated tour

p.ll individuals who have attained CSP/MSP/CPP by initialPOI assignment are re-assigned to the M POI to maintain

Maintain M proficiency.

3-13 Enclosure (1)

Page 14: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3.7.4 Event Terms

EVENT TERMS

TERM DESCRIPTION

An explanation of systems, procedures, or tactics during the brief,

Discuss exercise, or debrief. Student is responsible for knowledge ofprocedures.

The description and performance of a particular event by theinstructor, observed by the student. The student is responsible for

Demonstrate knowledge of the procedures prior to the demonstration of a requiredevent.

The instructor may demonstrate a procedure or event to a student, ormay coach the student through the maneuver without demonstration. Thestudent performs the procedures or maneuver with coaching as

Introduce necessary. The student is responsible for knovlledge of theprocedures.

The performance of a maneuver or procedure by the student that mayhave been previously introduced in order 1:0 attain a specified level

Practice of performance.

Demonstrated proficiency of an event by the student.Review

Any event designed to evaluate team/crew standardization that does notEvaluate fit another category.

This term means an event evaluation form is required each time the

E-Coded event is logged. Requires evaluation by a certified standardizationinstructor (NATOPS I, WTI, INST Evaluator etc. )

3.8 ACADEMIC TRAINING

1. Academic training shall be conducted for each phase/stage of thesyllabus. Commanders are strongly encouraged to incorporate the lectures inappendix A into their training plans. Where indicated, standardized academictraining materials exist and may be obtained from the sponsoring activity.

2. External academic courses of instruction suggested to supplementthe syllabus are listed below.

Enclosure (1) 3-14

Page 15: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A7? New 11

COURSE ACTIVITYMachine Gunners Course }:l...IT, Division Schools East,

Camp Geiger, NC, andAIT, Division Schools West,Camp Pendleton, CP.

Platoon Sergeants Course AIT, Division Schools East,Camp Geiger, NC, orAIT, Division Schools West,Camp Pendleton, Cp..

Infantry Operations Chief Course P~IT , Division Schools East,Camp Geiger, NC

Monitor Survey NBC Marine Forces Atlantic NBCD School,Camp Gei ge r I NC

MAGTF lDtegrated Systems Training 1 ME: Camp Pendleton, CP~, orCenter (MISTCi Blue Force Tracker II MEF Camp :Lejeune, NCClassLAAD Enhancement Training ILETi ~LZ\WTS-l, Yuma, AZWeapons and Tactics Instructor (WTT) MAWTS-l, Yuma, AZJRE Operators Course Titan L3

3. References. References provided in appendix C should be utilizedto ensure safe and standardized training procedures, performance standards,grading criteria and equipment operations.

3.9 CORE SKILL INTRODUCTION TRAINING (1000)

3.9.1 Purpose. This phase provides entry-level instruction to develop thebasic skills necessary for a student to meet the requirements to be assignedMOS 7212, Low Altitude Air Defense Gunner. Embedded in this entry-leveltraining is machine gun instruction required to support the second LAADmission of providing ground security forces in defense of MAGTF air siteswhen not engaged in air defense operations. Failure of this machine guntraining does not constitute failure of the LAAD Gunner Course due to itsdisassociation with the primary air defense mission. LAAD Gunners areconsidered trained on both weapon systems for deployment purposes; however,if the student fails to qualify with the weapons during entry-levelinstruction, further fleet training will be required to ensure the Gunnerachieves qualification on these secondary weapons. This phase of training iscomplete upon graduation from the LAAD Gunners Course, Marine CorpsDetachment (MCD) , U.S. Army Air Defense Artillery School (USAADASCH).

3.9.2 General

3.9.2.1 Prerequisite. In accordance with the MOS Manual.

3.9.2.2 Staqes. The following stage is included in the Core SkillInt~oduction Phase of training.

PAR NO. STAGE N.Z\ME ABBREV

3.9.3 LOW ALTITUDE AIR DEFENSE B.z\SIC GUNNER COURSE BGNR

3.9.3 Low Altitude Air Defense Basic Gunner Training (BGNR)

3.9.3.1 Purpose. To train students in entry level skills and provide themwith a general working knowledge on the characteristics, capabilities,limitations, and operations of LAAD related systems and equipment.

3-15 Enclosure II)

Page 16: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3.9.3.2 General

Prerequisite. Must possess a GT score of 90 or higher, secretsecurity clearance, normal color vision, 20/20 vision (may be correctable to20/20 with eye glasses or contacts lenses), cannot be left eye dominant, notless than 64 inches in height, and must be a male U.S. citizen.

Crew Requirements. None.

Academic Training. Appropriate academic training will be lAWapproved h~D Basic Gunner Course POI.

Live and simulated training. 41 events, 378.50 hours.

BGNR-IOOO 1.75 B (* ) ACADEMTCS L

Goal. Understand the structure and responsibilities of the LowAltitude Air Defense ILAAD) BN.

Requirement. The student will state or identify the LAAD BNstructure to include:

(1) The organizational structure of the LAAD BN, to include numberof batteries, platoons, sections, and teams.

(2) The smallest tactical unit within a LAAD BN!BTRY.(3) The smallest tactical element in a LAAD BN!BTRY.(4) The geographical location of all LAAD units.(5) The primary & secondary missions of the LAAD BN.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during awritten evaluation the student will correctly identify the structureof the LAAD Battalions.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10

BGNR-IOOl 1.75 B (*) ACADEMICS L

Goal. State the Stinger missile system (RMP) ~haracteristics.

Requirement. The student willStinger missile system (RMP).the following characteristics:

understand the characteristics of theThe student will state or identify

(1) Maximum velocity of a target the missile can engage.(2)Velocity of the missile.(3)Types of heat and light sources tracked by the missile(4)Maximum range of the missile.(5)Maximum altitude of the missile.(6)Inner launch boundary.(7)Sections of the missile.(8)Length of the missile.(9)Missile flight time.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anevaluation the student will correctly identify the characteristicsof the Stinger missile.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10

Enclosure (1) 3-16

Page 17: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

BGNR-I002 1.75 B i*) ACADEMTCS

NAVMC 3500.571'.?? Nn,T 11

L

Goal. Identify the components of the Stinger missile.

Reguirement. The student given a FHT Stinger missile round willidentify the components of the stinger missile.

Performance Standard. During a performance evaluation the studentwill correctly identify the components of the stinger missile perthe reference within three minu~es.

Prereguisite. BGNR-I001.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-I003 1. 75 B (*) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Identify shipping containers for the Stinger missile.

Reauirement. The student will correctly identify the differenttypes of shipping containers.

iI) Missile Round Container (MRC).(2) Weapon Round Container (WRC).

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference! during aperformance evaluation the student will correctly identify the typesof shipping containers.

Prerequisite. BGNR-I002.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-1004 3.0 B (*) (2) FHT S

Goal. Convert a Stinger missile round to a ready round.

Requirement. Within ~hree minutes, the student, given a FHT Stingermissile round, will convert a Stinger missile round to a readyround.

(1) Convert the missile round it to a weapon.(2) Convert the weapon round to a ready round.(3) Properly distinguish difference between missile round, weapon

round, and a ready round.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during aperformance examination, the student will convert a training Stingermissile round to a ready round within three minutes.

Prerequisite. BGNR-I003.

Reference. FM 44-18-1 and TM 9-1425-429-12.

!'.' •

BGNR-I005 2.75 B i*) iI) FHT S

Goal. Inspect a Stinger missile.

3-17 Enclosure (1)

Page 18: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Requirement. In an academic setting, without the aid of reference,the student will conduct the thirteen critical checks to inspect atraining Stinger missile. The following equipment will be provided:One Field Handling Trainer (FHTl, training grip-stock, and a dummyBCU (not inserted).

(1) Blowout disk.(2) Squib leads.(3) Launch tube.(4) Humidity indicator.(5) IR window.(6) Range ring.(7) Rear sight reticule.(8) Acquisition indicators (state safety precaution before

continuing) .(9) Safety and actuator switch.(10) Un-cage bar.(11) Firing trigger.(12) Latch mechanism.(13) Battery Coolant Unit (BCU).

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during aperformance examination, the student will correctly conduct theStinger critical checks within 10 minutes.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1004.

Reference. FM 44-18-1 and TM 9-1425-429-12.

BGNR-1006 1.75 B (* ) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Demonstrate knowledge of the Stinger Engagement Rules.

Requirement. The student will be able to state the following:

(1) Target categories Stinger can engage(2) Lead & Elevation Rules(3) Range Ring rules

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during awritten examination the student will answer all the listed above

Prerequisite. BGNR-1001.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-l007 2.5 B (* ) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Demonstrate knowledge of the Stinger Principle of Operations.

Requirement. The student will be able to state the following:

(1) Engagement Process.(2) Principle of Stinger operations.(3) TAG Sequence.(4) Types of detonations.(5) Firing angles.

Enclosure (1) 3-18

Page 19: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nnv 11

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference I during awritten examination the student without error will answer all thelisted above.

Prerequisite. BGNR-I006.

Reference. FM 44-1B-IA (confidential), Basic I&KP instructorpUblication (Confidential), and RMP I&KP instructor publication(Confidential) .

BGNR-IOOS 1.5 B (*) AC.lIDEMICS L

Goal. Understand hang-fire, misfire, and dud procedures for theStinger missile.

Requirement. Understand hang-fire, misfire, and dud procedures fora Stinger weapon.

(1) Hang-fire.(2) Misfire.(3) DUD (Eject Only).(4) Safety Distances.

Performance Standard. without the aid of reference, during a writtenexamination the student will answer the procedures for hang fire,misfire, and DUD.

Prereguisite. BGNR-1007.

Reference. FM 44-1S-1, TM 9-1425-429-12, and MCWP 3-25.10.

BGNR-1009 2.0 B (*) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Understand LAAD Weapon/Warning statuses.

Requirement. Understand LAAD Weapon/Warning statuses

(1) Define the Air Defense Weapons Conditions (ADWC).(2) Define the air defense States of Alert (SOA).(3) Define the air defense Weapons Control Statuses (WCS).

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the student will answer the procedures for hang fire,misfire, and DUD.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-1010 4.5 B (* ) (1) COMPLETE TFF SYSTEM L

Goal. Demonstrate knowledge of the L~~D IFF operating system.

Requirement. The student will demonstrate knowledge, without theaid of reference, the IFF system utilized in the LAAD EN. Thestudent will state or identify:

(1) The purpose of the AN/PPX-3A/B and the difference between the twovariants.

(2) The IFF mode responses and how long codes may be utilizedbefore superseding.

3-19Enclosure (1)

Page 20: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(3) The An/PPX-3A/B battery life.(4) The range of the IFF when utilized with the Stinger missile

obstructed and unobstructed.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during awritten examination the student will successfully identify the IFFsystem utilized in the LAAD BN.Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-lOll 4.0 B (* ) (1) Stinger Night Sight L

Goal. Demonstrate knowledge of the Training & Support equipmentorganic to LAAD.

Requirement. The student will be able to state the purpose of thefollowing training and support equipment:

(1) THT.(2) FHT.(3) STLS.(4) NICAD.(5) IFF Trainer(6) IMTS

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the student will identify and state the purpose of eachtraining and support equipment.

Reference. TM 09688A-lO&P (AN/PAS-18) or replacement NET SNSpublications~

BGNR-1012 4.0 B (* ) (1) Stinger Night Sight L

Goal. Operate the Stinger Night Sight (SNS).

Requirement. The student, during a practical application exercise,will be given a SNS with all SL-3 components and will mount:

(1) Demonstrate knowledge of the SNS.(2) Mount the SNS on the THT.(3) Operate the SNS.(4) Dismount the SNS from the THT.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the student will mount the SNS on a training Stingermissile and operate the SNS.

Reference. TM 09688A-lO&P (AN/PAS-18) or replacement NET SNSpublications.

BGNR-1013 16.0 B (* ) (1) THT L

Goal. Engage a live aerial target with a Stinger Tracking HeadTrainer (THT).

Requirement. During a live tracking exercise, the student, given aTHT, will engage an aerial target.

Enclosure (1) 3-20

Page 21: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nnv 11

(1) Track and range target (i.e. time count method).(2) Activate weapon and obtains an acquisition tone.(3) Insert correct super elevation and lead reticule.(4) Hold trigger and un-cage bar 3 to 5 seconds to fire weapon.(5) Remove BCU from the grip-stock immediately.(6) Meet requirements on THT performance indicator after each THT

engagement.

Performance Standard. During a training exercise, student willdemonstraLe ~he proper engagement process on an aerial target with aTHT utilizing proper operating procedures and firing techniques.

Prereguisite. BGNR-I007.

External Sv1labus Suppor~. Appropriate aerial targets, RC~~Tr

and/or Remotely Piloted Target Systems (R?VTS) and firing range thatis capable of supporting SHORAD missile systems.

Reference. FM 44-18-1 and TM 9-1425-429-12.

BGNR-1014 64.0 B (* ) IMTS S/L

Goal. Engage aircraft with the Stinger missile system.

Requirement. The student using proper operating procedures andfiring techniques will engage aircraft inside the IMTS.

(1) Track and range target (i.e. time count method).(2) Activate weapon and obtains an acquisition tone.(3) Insert correct super elevation and lead reticule.(4) Hold trigger and un-cage bar 3 to 5 seconds to fire weapon and

mitigate hang-fire.(5) Meet requirements performance indicator after each engagement.

Performance Standard. During a performance based evaluation,utilizing the Improved Moving Target Simulator IIMTS) the studentwill successfully engage three out of five hostile aircraft in theIMTS.

Prerequisite. BGNR-I013.

External Syllabus Support. Use of the U.S. Army IMTS facility andsupport personnel.

Reference. FM 44-18-1, FM 44-18-1A and TM 9-1425-429-12.

BGNR-1015 12.0 B (*) (l)HMMWV L

Goal. Establish a tactical Stinger team position.

Requirement. The student, provided with a fully equipped A-MAN PADvehicle with team equipment, will establish a team position with theassistance of another team member. The team will:

(1) March order the L.~D team vehicle.(2) Establish a static team position.

3-21Enclosure (1)

Page 22: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Performance Standard. The student, during a performancesevaluation, will be given a fully equipped A-MANPAD vehicle withteam equipment, the assistance of another team member, willestablish a tactical Stinger team position.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1007.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-1016 1.0 B (*) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Demonstrate knowledge of Aircraft Identification Technique.

Requirement. State the technique used to identify aircraft.

(1) Understand WEFT method.(2) Wing.(3) Engine.(4) Fuselage.(5) Tail.

Performance Standard. Given a written examination the student willaccurately identify the WEFT technique used to identify aircraft.

Reference. FM 3-01.80 and relevant creditable intelligence data.

BGNR-1017 44.0 B (*) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Visually identify aircraft.

Requirement. Correctly identify US aircraft using the WEFT method.

Performance Standard. During an aircraft recognition examinationconsisting of US aircraft in multiple aspects the student willaccurately identify in a timeframe of 5 seconds per aircraft.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1016.

Reference. FM 3-01.80 and relevant creditable intelligence data.

BGNR-1018 16.5 B (*) AC.'\DEMICS L

Goal. Perform land navigation skills.

Reauirement. The student will demonstrate navigation skillsutilizing a 1:50,000 military grid maps, and a protractor.

(1) Orient a map utilizing terrain association.(2) Orient a map towards magnetic North utilizing a lensatic

compass.(3) Determine the 4 and 6 digit grids of four objects on a map.(4) Find the location of an unknown point on a map by resection.(5) Find the location of an unknown point on a map by intersection.(6) Convert a magnetic azimuth to grid azimuth on a map.(7) Convert a grid azimuth to a magnetic azimuth.(8) Identify colors on a map.

Enclosure (1) 3-22

Page 23: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the student will answer and perform each of the eventslisted above.

Reference. FM 3-25.26.

BGNR-1019 14.5 B (* ) (1) GPS UNIT D L

Goal. Operate a mil~tary Global Positioning System (GPS).

Requirement. The student will demonstrate navigation skillsutilizing a military GPS.

(1) Initialize the military GPS.(2) View current position display.(3) Mark current position as a waypoint.(4) Enter additional waypoints.(5) Perform navigation operations.(6) State how to zeroize the GPS.(7) Locate the map datum horizontal and spheroid

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anperformance examination the student will navigate to/from fivedesignated distant navigational points.

External Syllabus Support. Approved local training area.

Reference. TM 09880C-OR.

BGNR-l020 1.75 B (* ) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Identify manual cross-tell early warning information.

Requirement. The student will perform manual cross-tell procedureswhen given a blank map and a Cartesian Coordinate Reference Point,will properly create the Cartesian Coordinate Reference System(CCRS) on the map, and convert cueing information to a map location.The student will:

(1) State how to properly read the CCRS.(2) Plot five received early warning cues.(3) State the purpose of the CCRP.(4) State how to properly read Polar Grid(5) Plot five received early warning cues.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the student will plot four out of five early warningcues.

Prereauisite. BGNR-1018.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-l02l 1.75 B (* ) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Demonstrate knowledge of the characteristics of the SINCGARS.

Reguirement. The student will state the following:

3-23Enclosure (1)

Page 24: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(1) State the frequency range of the SINCGARS.(2) State the two batteries used by the SINCGARS.(3) State the rated range of the SINCGARS in Low, Med, Hi & PA.(4) State the different nomenclature variants of the SINCGARS used

in LAAD Bn.(5) State the purpose of the function switches on the RT face plate.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student answers thecharacteristics of the SINCGARS radio.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10.

BGNR-I022 9.5 B (* ) (1) SINCGARS L

Goal. Operate the organic VHF radio.

Requirement. The student, given a communication requirement, willprepare and operate the SINCGARS in single channel (SC)) mode. Thefollowing equipment is provided: a distant communication stationalready established, 1 SINCGARS RT SL-3 complete, and 1 power supplyfor the SINCGARS.

(1) Install batteries.(2) Install antenna.(3) Connect handset.(4) Conduct a self-test of the SINCGARS.(5) Load single channel SC frequency.(6) Set SINCGARS to appropriate power level.(7) Establish communication with distant station in SC mode.(8) Zeroize crypto fill in SINCGARS.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference! during anexamination the standard is met when the student performs each oftasks enabling him to communicate.

Prerequisite. BGNR-I021.

External Syllabus Support. Training frequencies.

Reference. FM 24-18, FM 24-19, TM 11-5820-890-10-1, TM 11-5820-890­10-2, and TM 11-5820-890-10-4.

BGNR-I023 1.0 B (*) (1) SINCGARS L

Goal. Troubleshoot the organic VHF radio.

Reguirement. The student will troubleshoot the organic VHF radio,given a organic VHF radio operating a tactical or training net. Thestudent will:

(1) Check radio function configuration.(2) Check vehicular function configuration.(3) Run RT self-tests (BIT).(4) Check surrounding environment for obstacles/interference.

Enclosure (1) 3-24

Page 25: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nnv 11

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctlyidentifies the fault and establishes communications.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1022.

External Syllabus Support. training frequencies.

Reference. FM 24-18, TM 11-5820-890-10-1, TM 11-5820-890-10-2,TM 11-5820-890-10-3 and TM 11-5820-890-10-4.

BGNR-1024 3.5 B ( *) ACADEMICS L

Goal. Understand proper handling of EKMS rna~erials.

Requirement. The student will understand how to properly store,use, and destroy EKMS materials. The student will state oridentify:

(1) Categories of COMSEC material.(2) The destruction procedures in accordance with the reference.(3) The definition of Two Person Integrity ITPI).

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexaminaLion the standard is met when the student correctlyidentifies each of the events listed above.

Reference. EKMS 1.

BGNR-1025 2.5 B (* ) (1) SINCGARS L

Goal. Perform basic communication skills utilizing authentication,encryption and decryption.

Reguirement. The student will perform basic communication skillswith the aid of an AKAC 1553. The student will:

(1) Authenticate.(2) Encrypt.(3) Decrypt.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly performsthe steps listed above.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1022.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10*, FM-25.26, and EKMS 1.

BGNE-1026 1.0 B (* ) (1) IFF SYSTEM, (1) GPS, (1) STNCGAES L

Goal. Understand the emergency destruction procedures for theStinger missile and all ancillary team equipment.

Requirement. The student will state or identify the desired methodsfor destroying the Stinger missile and all ancillary team equipment.The student will state or identify:

3-25Enclosure (1)

Page 26: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(1) Destruction methods of the Stinger missile.(2) Zeroize procedures for LAAD equipment with crypto fills:(3) Destruction procedures for LAAD team ancillary equipment

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctlyidentifies the proper destruction procedures for equipment listedabove.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1002, BGNR-1009, BGNR-1011, BGNR-1016, and BGNR­1017.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.10, FM 23-65, TM 9-1425-429-12(Ch 12), TM 09880C-01, FM 23-65, MCWP 3-15.1, and

TM 11-5820-890-10-8.

BGNR-1027 2.0 B (* ) (1) M240 MMG L

Goal. State the characteristics of the M240 (MMG).

Requirement. The student will state the characteristics of the M240(MMG). The student will state or identify:

(1) State weapon conditions of the M240 MMG.(2)State the maximum effective range of the M240 MMG.(3)State the maximum ranges of the M240 MMG(4)State the muzzle velocity of the M240 MMG(5)State the sustained, rapid! and cyclic rate of fires of the

M240 MMG(6)State the five main groups for the M240 MMG(7)State the cycle of functioning.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly statesthe information of the M240 as listed above.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.10, FM 23-65, TM 9-1425-429-12(Ch 12), TM 09880C-01, FM 23-65, MCWP 3-15.1, and

TM 11-5820-890-10-8.

BGNR-1028 2.0 B (* ) (1) M240 MMG L

Coul. Perform opcrQtor mQintcnQDcc for a M210 medium machine gun(MMG) .

Requirement. The student, given a M240 MMG and proper lubricants,will perform operator maintenance for the M240 MMG in an unspecifiedamount of time.(1) Clear the weapon.(2) Disassemble the weapon.(3) Clean the weapon.(4) Lubricate the weapon.(5) Assemble the weapon.(6) Perform a function check.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly performsthe tasks listed above.

Enclosure (1) 3-26

Page 27: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nnv 11

Prerequisite. BGNR 1027

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1 and TM 08670A-10/1A.

BGNR-1029 2.0 B (* ) (1) M240 MMG L

Goal. Mount a medium machine gun (MMG).

Requirement. The student, given an SL-3 complete M240 MMG willmount the MMG on the M122 tripod.

(1) Mount on tripod.(2) Mount on vehicle.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly moun~s

the MMG in each position as listed above.

Prerequisite. BGNR 1028

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1 and TM 08670A-10/1A.

BGNR-1030 2.0 B (* ) (1)M240 MMG L

Goal. Perform required action on medium machine gun (MMG).

Requirement. The student, given an SL-3 complete M240 MMG willperform required action on the MMG.

(1) Perform immediate action on a MMG.(2) Perform remedial action on a MMG.(3) Load a MMG.(4) Change barrel on a MMG.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly performseach task as listed above.

Prerequisite. BGNR 1029.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1 and TM 08670A-10/1A.

BGNR-1031 2.0 B (* ) (1)M240 MMG L

Goal. State the characteristics of the M2.50 (HMG).

Requirement. The student will state the characteristics of the M2.50(HMG). The student will state or identify:

(1) State what the three weapon load conditions are.(2) State the maximum effective range of the M2.50 HMG.(3) State the maximum ranges of the M2.50 HMG.(4 ) State the muzzle velocity of the M2.50 HMG.(5 ) State the single shot, sustained, rapid, and cyclic raLe of

fires of i:he M2.50 HMG.(6) State the eight main assemblies for the M2.50 HMG.(7) State the cycle of functioning.

3-27Enclosure (1)

Page 28: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly statesthe information of the M2.50 HMG as listed above.

Reference.(Ch 12), TM8.

MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.10, FM 23-65, TM 9-1425-429-1209880C-Or, FM 23-65, MCWP 3-15.1, and TM 11-5820-890-10-

BGNR-1032 2.0 B (*) (1) M2.50 CAL L

Goal. Perform operator maintenance for a M2.50 cal HMG.

Requirement. The student, given an M2.5 HMG and proper lubricantmaterials, will perform operator maintenance for the M2 .50 cal HMGin an unspecified amount of time.

(1) Clear the weapon.(2) Disassemble the weapon.(3) Clean the weapon.(4) Lubricate the weapon.(5) Assemble the weapon.(6) Perform a function check.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly performsthe tasks listed above.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1031.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1, FM 23-65, TM 11-5855-213-10,TM 11-5855-214-10 and TM 08670A-10/1A.

BGNR-1033 2.0 B (* ) (1) M2 .50 cal HMG L

Goal. Mount a heavy machine gun (MMG).

Requirement. The student, given an SL-3 complete M2.50 HMG willmount the HMG on the M3 tripod.

(1) Mount on tripod.(2) Mount on vehicle.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly mountsthe HMG in each position as listed above.

Prerequisite. BGNR 1032.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1 and TM 08670A-10/1A.

BGNR-1034 2.0 B (* ) (1) M2 .50ca1 HMG L

Goal. Perform required action on heavy machine gun (HMG).

Reguirement. The student, given an SL-3 complete M2.50 HMG willperform required action on the HMG.

(1) Perform immediate action on a HMG.

Enclosure (1) 3-28

Page 29: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.571'.22 Nov 11

(2) Perform remedial action on a HMG.(3) Load a HMG.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, during anexamination the standard is met when the student correctly performseach task as listed above.

Prerequisite. BGNR 1033.

Recerence. MCWP 3-15.1 and TM 08670A-l0/1A.

BGNR-l035 '6.0 B (*) 1')INDOOR S~~LL ARMS SIMULATOR S

Goal. Operate a M240 MMG.

Requirement. The student, utilizing an indoor small arms simulatoror comparable simulator, will engage silhouette and ranged targetscenarios with a M240 MMG simulator weapon.

(l)Operate the M240 MMG by firing from dismounted position.(2)Operate the M240 MMG by firing from the mounted position.

Performance Standard. The student will engage targets within theparameters of each scenario.

Prerequisite. BGNR-l030.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1 and TM 08670A-l0/1A.

BGNR-l036 16.0 B (* ) INDOOR SMALL ARMS SIMULATOR S

Goal. Operate a M2.50 Cal.

Requirement. The student, utilizing an indoor small arms simulator,will engage silhouette and ranged scenarios with a M2.50 Calsimulator weapon.

(1) Operate the M240 MMG by firing from dismounted position.(2) Operate the M240 MMG by firing from the mounted position.

Performance Standard. The student will engage targets within theparameters of each scenario.

Prerequisite. BGNR-l034.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1, FM 23-65, TM 11-5855-213-10,TM 11-5855-214-10 and TM 08670A-l0/1A.

BGNR-l037 1.0 B (* ) L

Goal. Create a range card pertaining to a machine gun position.

Requirement. During a practical application, the student, givenmachine gun position data, will create a range card. The range cardwill contain the following data:

(1) Symbol of the weapon.

3-29Enclosure (1)

Page 30: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov ]1

(2) The azimuth (degrees) and distances (meters) of the firingposition from an easily recognizable terrain feature. If thereis no easily recognizable terrain feature, an eight digit gridcoordinate may be used.

(3) Left and right lateral limits.(4) Likely avenues of approach.(5) Dead space.(6) Direction of magnetic North.(7) Identification data to include unit designation (no higher than

company/battery), date of preparation, and firing position(primary, alternate, or supplementary).

Performance Standard. Utilizing proper operating procedures andtechniques, the student will place the M2.50 Cal into action withinthe required time (dismounted = 2 minutes, mounted = 1 minute) lAWthe references.

Prerequisite. BGNR 1028,BGNR 1034.

Reference. FM 23-27 and MCRP 3-25.10*.

BGNR-1038 1.0 B (* ) (1) M240 MMG L

Goal. Engage targets with the M240 MMG.

Reguirement. During a live firing exercise, the student, given aSL-3 complete M240 and 200-rounds of 7.62mm, will conductFamiliarization Fire.

Performance Standard. Utilizing proper operating procedures andfiring techniques, the student will engage ground targets.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1035.

Ordnance. (200) rounds of A131 CTG, 7. 62mm, LINKED 4&1.

External Syllabus Support. Medium machine-gun range capable ofsupporting mounted and dismounted firing of 7.62rnm at stationaryground targets that are setup at various ranges.

Reference. FM 23-65 and MCWP 3-15.1.

BGNR-1039 1.0 B (*) (1) M2.50 CAL L

Goal. Engage targets with the M2.50 Cal HMG.

Reguirement. During a live firing exercise, the student, given aSL-3 complete M2.50 Cal and 200-rounds of 12.7mm, will conductFamiliarization Fire.

Performance Standard. Utilizing proper operating procedures andfiring techniques, the student will engage ground targets.

Prerequisite. BGNR-1036.

Ordnance.

Enclosure (1)

(200) rounds of A576 CTG, CAL .50, 4&1 LINKED, F/M2.

3-30

Page 31: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

External Syllabus Support. Heavy machine-gun range capable ofsupporting mounted and dismounted firing of .50 cal at stationaryground targets that are setup at various ranges.

Reference. FM 23-65 and MCWP 3-15.1.

BGNR-1040 8.0 B (* ) (1) LIVE STINGER MSL L

Goal. Engage a live aerial target with a live Stinger missile.

Reguirement. During a live firing exercise, the student, given aStinger missile, will engage an aerial target.

(1) Track and range target.(2) Activate weapon and obtains an acquisition ~one.

(3) Insert correct super elevation and lead reticule.(4) Hold trigger and un-cage bar 3 to 5 seconds 'to fire weapon.(5) Remove BCU from the grip-stock immediately.

Performance Standard. Utilizing proper operating procedures andfiring techniques, the student will engage an aerial target.

Prerequisite. BGNR-I013.

Ordnance (1) of following Stinger missile types: PL-89, PL-90, or PL­93, and (1) PN-15 or PN-16 Stinger grip-stocks (Basic/RMP).

External Syllabus Support. Appropriate aerial targets, RCMAT,and/or Remotely Piloted Target Systems (RPVTS) and firing rangecapable of supporting SHORAD missile systems.

Reference. FM 44-18-1 and TM 9-1425-429-12.

BGNR-1041 125.5 B, R (* ) (1) HMMWV L

Goal. Obtain a HMMWV license .

.Reguirement. In an appropriate environment, the student, when givena fully equipped HMMWV, tools, and publications, will obtain·a HMMWVlicense.

Performance Standard. The evaluation will be conducted bydesignated licensing personnel.

Reference. MCO 11240.66D.

3.10 CORE SKILL PROFICIENCY TRAINING (2000)

3.10.1 Purpose. To train Lk~D Gunners to become proficient AssistantGunners (AGNR), Team Leaders (TLDR), Section Leaders (SLDR), PlatoonSergeants (PSGT) and Operation Chiefs (OPSC) by developing requisite skillsand working knowledge relating to the characteristics, capabilities,limitations, and operation of L~~D related systems and equipment that LAADGunners are required to plan for and employ. To develop proficiency in LAADemployment and operations, in order to effectively execute a tactical missionas a leader of a LAAD unit. To develop knowledge and proficiency of LAADtactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs) while conducting Ground Based Air

3-31Enclosure (1)

Page 32: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Defense (GBAD). Upon completion of this phase, the LAAD gunner becomeseligible for the various stage certifications.

3.10.2 General

3.10.2.1 Prereguisite. Complete the Core Skill Beginner phase.

3.10.2.2 Administrative Notes

(1) Only designated WTI and/or LET I who are proficient and current inthe event being instructed shall evaluate refresher or certification eventsas noted in the event itself.

(2) Events that are not refresher or certification can be evaluatedby LAAD personnel who are current in the event being taught.

3.10.2.3 Core Skill Stages

PAR NO. STAGE NAME ABBREV

3.10.3 ASSISTANT GUNNER AGNR

3.10.4 TEAM LEADER TLDR

3.10.5 SECTION LEADER SLDR

3.10.6 PLATOON SERGEANT PSGT

3.10.7 OPERATIONS CHIEF OPSC

3.10.3 Assistant Gunner (AGNR)

3.10.3.1 Purpose. To instruct the BGNR on the skills needed to effectivelyserve as an assistant gunner in a LAAD firing team. This phase providestraining for the LAAD Basic Gunner to become a LAAD Assistant Gunner (AGNR)by developing skills and knowledge related to the characteristics,capabilities, limitations, and operation of LAAD related systems orequipment. This phase is complete when the Basic Gunner is certi-fied as anAssistant Gunner.

3.10.3.2 General

Prerequisite. Single Channel Ground Airborne Radio System (MCr2538A) .

Live and Simulator Event Training. 27 Events/ 73 Hours.

AGNR-2000 1.0 B, R (365) (2) Organic VHF Radios L

Goal. Setup and operate LAAD Organic VHF Communications,

Requirement. Without the aid of references, setup, operate, andtroubleshoot a LAAD Organic VHF.

(1) Setup a LAAD Organic VHF portable Radio for frequency hoppingcommunications, and communicate with another station.

(2) Modify a LAAD Organic VHF portable Radio that is set up forfrequency hoping to single channel communications.

(3) Install a Organic VHF Communications vehicle mounted VHF RADIOonto the vehicle mounting plate.

Enclosure (1) 3-32

Page 33: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(4) Covert a Portable VHF radio to Vehicle VHF radio.

Performance Standard. Communicate with a distant station utilizingproper communication procedures for items listed above.

Prereguisite. None.

Reference. TM 11-5820-890-10-1 and TM 11-5820-890-10-2.

AGNR-2001 1.0 B 1*) (2) Orqanic VHF Communications, (2) AKi:iC-1553 L

Goal. Demonstrate proper authentication and encryptioncommunication procedures.

RequlremenL. Without the aid of reference, given training AKi:iC-1553and a VHF ~adio set up for communication, demons~rate properauthentication and encryption procedures while communicating with adistance station (this can be accomplished by having two Marinescommunicate with each other using two separate radios). Transmitand receive the following:

(1) Initiate a radio check.(2) Respond to an authentication challenge within 30 seconds with

the correct response. Correctly respond to 5 authentications.(3) Receive a radio check.(4) Request/receive current Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Pass a position report.(6) State the phonetic alphabet and numbers.(7) Request for supplies using a provided list of brevity codes.(8) Authenticate another station and wait for the proper response.

Correctly challenge the other station five times.(9) Encrypt each item below in a time period of 30 minutes:la) Twa six-digit grids.(b) Two names li.e. rank/last name).(10) Receive two encrypted messages that must be de-encrypted within

10 minutes.(a) One 6-digit grid.Ib) One name (i.e. rank/last. name) .

Performance Standard. Complete all tasks above without error in theprescribed time limits listed above.

Prerequisite. Attend Lectures A-14 and A-18.

Reference. ACP-125, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-25.10* and EKMS 1.

AGNR-2002 2.0 B 1*) (2) Organic VHF Communications L/S

Goal. Send and receive reports.

Requlrement. With the aid of reference, send and receive thefollowing reports:

(1) LEAKER.(2) Engagement.(3) SALUTE.(4) CAS EVAC .(5) pas Rep.

3-33Enclosure (1)

Page 34: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(6) MIST.

Performance Standard. Send and receive the above reports in thecorrect format.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2000, AGNR-2001.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10.

AGNR-2003 4.0 B, R, E (90 ) S

Goal. Aircraft Identification.

Reguirement. Without the aid of reference, and given a visualpresentation of at least 100 combat aircraft consisting of acombination of 50 U.S. and 30 Threat Aircraft and 20 NATO aircraftthe AGNR will correctly identify the aircraft provided. The AGNRwill be given one, 5-second exposure, from the front, side or rearaspect of the aircraft with a 5 second interval between each of theaircraft being presented.

Performance Standard. Identify 100 % of the U.S. aircraft and 80 %of all other (i.e. NATO, Allied, Threat) aircraft presented.

Prereguisite. None.

Admin Note. All tests will be conducted using slides (MicrosoftPower Point format).

Evaluator. Designated LETI or WTI only.

Reference. AFTTP 3-1, FM 3-01.80.

AGNR-2004 1.0 B (* ) (1) MAPS L

Goal. State map information and perform mapping skills.

Reguirement. Without the aid of references r state the mapinformation below:

(1) State the colors on a map and what they represent.(2) Provided with (10) six digit grids from two different maps,

identify map features as listed in the legend.(3) Provided with (5) locations from (2) different maps, identify

the six-digit grid f~r each location.(4) Provided with two azimuths from two different maps, convert each

azimuth:(a) One from Grid North to Magnetic North.(b) One from Grid North to True North.(5) State the horizontal datum for the maps used.(6) State the 100,000-grid identifier for the maps used.(7) State the 100 r OOOm square identifier for the maps used.

Performance Standard. Without error answer and perform each of theevents listed above.

Prereguisite. None.

Enclosure (1) 3-34

Page 35: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? 1\10V 11

Reference. FM 3-25.26.

AGNR-2005 6.0 B, R (365) (1) COMPASS, (1) Ml'P D L

Goal. Conduct day navigation with the compass.

Requlrement. Navigate an intermediate land navigation course duringdaylight by foot lAW the procedures listed below: (Points for theintermediate course will be no longer than 2000 meters apart.)

(1) Plot five, six-digit grid coordina~es on a 1:50,000 scale map.(2) Convert the GM angle for the determined grid azimuth.(3) Navigate the five plotted points.

Performance Standard. Pind four o~ the five poinLs.

Prere~uisite. AGNR-2004.

Reference. FM 3-25.26.

External Syllabus Support. Training area with an intermediate landnavigation course.

AGNR-2006 6.0 B, R (365) (1) GPS, (1) Map, (1) Compass D L

Goal. Conduct day navigation with a military GPS.

Requirement. Given 5 way points, navigate an intermediate landnavigation course using a military GPS during daylight on foot inaccordance with the references (way points will be no more than 2000meters apart):

(1) Set up "Navigation Menu N on the GPS for navigation operations.(2) Enter 5 waypoints.(3) Navigate to the 5 designated way points.

Performance Standard. Find 5 o'f the 5 points.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004.

Reference. FM 3-25.26, TM 11-5820-1172-13(DAGR) andTM 11-5825-291-13 (PLGR).

External Syllabus Support. Training area with an intermediate landnavigation course.

AGNR-2007 6.0 E, R (365 ) (1) GPS, (1) Lensatic Compass N L

Goal. Conduct night navigation with a compass and military GPS.

Requirement.during hoursmilitary GPSbe no longer

Using an intermediate land navigation course/ navigateof darkness or reduced visibility on foot using aand a compass. (Points of an intermediate course willthe 2000 meter apart.)

(1) Navigate 3 points using a military GPS.(2) Navigate 3 points using a lensatic compass.

3-35Enclosure (1)

Page 36: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Performance Standard. Find 3 of the 3 points with the GPS and 2 ofthe 3 points using a lensatic compass.

Prerequisite. AGNR 2004, AGNR 2005, AGNR 2006.

Reference. FM 3-25.26, TM 11-5820-1172-13 (DAGR) andTM 11-5825-291-13 (PLGR).

External Syllabus Support. Training area with an intermediate landnavigation course.

AGNR-2008 2.0 B, R (365) (1) A-MANPAD D/N L

Goal. Conduct a tactical team load-out.

Requirement. Mount-out will be conducted using an A-MANPAD. Loadcontents or configuration may be dictated by appropriate unit levelSOP. Mount-out to be conducted during hours of daylight anddarkness. If no SOP exists the load out will consist of no lessthan the equipment listed below:

(1) SL-3 complete Advanced MANPAD vehicle.(a) Military GPS.(b) LAAD organic Vehicle Mounted VHF Radio / SL-3 complete.(c) M240 or M2 .50 cal.(2) Three DOS food.(3) Fuel cans x 2.(4) Water cans x 2.(5) Ammunition cans.(6) T/O weapons.(7) Personal equipment.(8) Batteries.(9) NVD.(10) Camouflage netting.(11) Camouflage netting poles.

Performance Standard. Vehicle will be loaded and secured lAW unitSOP or, if no SOP exists! per the list above. Vehicle must beloaded within 30 minutes. Once the event is completed in hours ofdarkness, then the event can be logged as complete.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10*.

AGNR-2009 1.0 B, R (365) L

Goal. Prepare a range card.

Requirement. Per the reference, given a mission and proper supportequipment, construct a range card that will accomplish minimumrequirements of both primary and secondary missions. At a minimumwill consist of the following:

(1) Team, section, and platoon information.(2) Position identification.(3) Date.(4) Who the range card was prepared by.

Enclosure (1) 3-36

Page 37: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 ;lov 11

(5) Corresponding weapon system with ranges for air and ground.(6) Range scale depicted.(7) Identifying key terrain features in the team's sector.(8) Left and right lateral limit.(9) Primary target line.(10) Magnetic north.Ill) Dead space depicted.

Performance Standard. With the aid of notes, the Gunner willaccura~ely depict the following on a range card:

(1) Accurately depict firing positions within a given area selectedby the section leader.

(2) Accurately depict one alternate position 500 to 1000 meters fromprimary position.

(3) Accurately depict areas of reduced visibility and clear fieldsof fire.

(4) Accurately depict a site that provides cover and concealmentfrom enemy observation and air/ground fire. .

(5) Accurately depict a site that provides mutual support and/oroverlapping fires.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10*, FM 21-75, MCWP 3-15.1, and FMFRP 6-15.

AGNR-2010 1.0 B 1* ) S

Goal. Apply air defense control measures.

Requirement. Per the references and given a tactical scenario, orduring a practical exercise, define and apply air defense controlmeasures; must demonstrate knowledge of the following:

(1) Air Defense Warning Conditions IADWC).(2) States of Alert ISOA).(3) Rules of Engagement IROE).(4) Weapons Control Status IWCS).(5) Identification criteria.(6) Self defense criteria.(7) Fire control orders.

Performance Standard. Without error answer and perform each of theevents listed above.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10 and MCWP 3-25.11.

AGNR-2011 1.5 B 1*) (1) Stinger Night Sight, (1) THT/FHT N L

Goal. Operate the Stinger Night Sight.

Reguirement. Without the aid of reference, mount, set-up, anddismount the night sight under conditions of darkness or limitedvisibility per with the procedures below:

(1) Mount night sight wiLhin a time limit of 1 minute.

3-37 Enclosure (1)

Page 38: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov]]

(2) Operate the night site (prepare it for operations within 2minutes) .

(3) Dismount night sight (within a time limit of 1 minute) .

Performance Standard. Complete all required tasks within timeallotted.

Prereguisite. None.

Reference. TM09688A-10&P.

AGNR 2012 2.0 B,R,M (30) (1) IMTS S

Goal. Engage aircraft with the Stinger Missile System.

Requirement. In a simulated environment, with a Stinger MissileSystem, IFF, Night capability, communication equipment friendly andhostile aircraft with speeds varying belween 0-650 knots, altitudesbetween 0-15 thousand feet and using crossing, incoming, outgoing ora combination of the profiles. Range, identify, and correctly engageaircraft in the scenarios. At minimum the scenarios will include:

(1) Ten Fixed Wing (F/W) aircraft scenarios containing friendly andhostile engagements

(a) Scenarios will include a minimum of 1 friendly and 1hostile F/W aircraft. Aircraft speeds will vary between 200-450

knots.(b) Five scenarios will include F/W aircraft presentingcrossing profiles at ranges between 1-8 kilometers with altitudes

between 3-12 thousand feet.- One scenario will include two F/W hostile aircraft

together; one of the aircraft will utilize terrain maskingduring the entire flight.

- One scenario will include F/W aircraft out of range tochallenge Gunner's ability to properly range targets.

(c) Five Incoming Scenarios will be of F/W aircraft presentingincoming profiles. Aircraft will be at ranges between 2-7kilometers at any altitude below 15000 feet.- One scenario will include two hostile F/W aircraft.- One scenario will include F/W aircraft out of range to

challenge Gunner's ability to properly range targets.

(2) Ten Rotary Wing(R/W) aircraft scenarios, containing friendly andhostile engagement scenarios.

(a) Scenarios will include a minimum of 1 friendly and 1 hostileR/W aircraft. Aircraft speeds will not exceed 200 knots.

(b) Five scenarios presenting crossing profiles where R/Waircraft are at ranges between 1-8 kilometers withaltitudes between 3-12 thousand feet.- One scenario will include 2 hostile R/W aircraft together

with one terrain masking for entire flight.- One scenario will include R/W aircraft out of range to

challenge Gunner's ability to properly range targets.(c) Five incoming R/W aircraft scenarios will present incoming

profiles. Aircraft will be at ranges between 2-7kilometers at any altitude from below 15000 feet.- One scenario will include two hostile R/W aircraft.

Enclosure (1) 3-38

Page 39: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57!'.?? Nov 11

- One scenario will include R/W aircraft out of range tochallenge Gunner's ability to properly range targets.

Performance Standard. Identify targets lAW established rules ofengagement. Demonstrate proper detection, acquisition, ranging,super elevation, and firing techniques. Engage and hit five hostileF/W and five hostile R/W aircraft in range. No engagement offriendly aircraft. Actions are to be evaluated using a simulaLedenvironment with immediate replay and debrief capabilities.

Prereauisite. AGNR, 2003, AGNR-2010, AGNR-2011.

Reference. MeR? 3-25.10* and FM 44-1A.

Entcrnal Svllabus Support. IMTS.

AGNR-2013 2.0 B,R,M (30 ) (1) IMTS 5

Goal. Engage aircraft employing infrared counter measures (IRCCM's)in different simulated environments.

Requirement. In a simulated environment, with a Stinger MissileSystem, IFF, Night capability, communication equipment friendly andhostile aircraft with speeds varying between 0-650 knots, altitudesbetween 0-15 thousand feet and using crossing, incoming, outgoing ora combination of the profiles. Range, identify, and correctly engageaircraft employing IRCCM's in the scenarios. At minimum thescenarios will include:

(1) Ten F!W scenarios containing aircraft that can deploy IRCCM's at1-30 per second selectable by the evaluator:

(a) Scenarios will include a minimum of 1 friendly and 1 hostileaircraft. Aircraft speeds will vary between 0-650 knots.

(b) Five crossing scenarios where F!W aircraft range between 1-8kilometers with altitudes between 3-12 thousand feet.- One scenario will include 2 hostile aircraft together.- One scenario will ensure aircraft are out of range.

(c) Five incoming scenarios where F!W aircraft range between 2-7kilometers at any altitude below 15000 feet.- One scenario will include 2 hostile aircraft together.- One scenario will ensure aircraft are out of range.

(2) Ten R!W scenarios containing aircraft that can deploy IRCCM's at1-30 per second selectable by the evaluator:

(a) Scenarios will consist of a minimum of 1 friendly and 1hostile aircraft. Aircraft speed will not exceed 200 knots.

(b) Five crossing scenarios were R!W aircraft range between 1-8kilometers with altitudes between 3-12 thousand feet.- One scenario will include 2 hostile aircraft together with

one terrain masking for the entire flight.- One scenario will include aircraft are out of range.

(c) Five incoming scenarios where R!W aircraft range between 2-7kilometers at any altitude below 15000 feet.

- One scenario will include 2 hostile aircraft together.- One scenario will ensure aircraft are out of range.

Per~ormance Standard. Identify targets lAW establishedengagement. Demonstrate proper detection, acquisition,super elevation, and firing techniques. Engage and hit

3-39

rules ofranging,five hostile

Enclosure (1)

Page 40: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

F/W and five hostile R/W aircraft in range while they employ 1-30IRCCM's per second. No engagement of friendly aircraft. Actions areto be evaluated using a simulated environment with immediate replayand debrief capabilities.

Prerequisite. AGNR, 2003, AGNR-2010, AGNR-2011, and AGNR-2012.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.11 and FM 44-lA.

External Syllabus Support. IMTS.

AGNR 2014 1.0 B, R (1095) (1) STLS Launcher L

Goal. Fire the Stinger Launch Simulator (STLS).

Reguirement. Given a tactical scenario that includes enemy andfriendly AOB, ROE, Air Defense Control Measures, and appropriatetarget, conduct a MANPAD engagement with the STLS. Engagements maybe conducted during times of daylight, darkness, or reducedvisibility. STLS will be fired on an appropriate range whileobserving applicable safety constraints and considerations.

Performance Standard. AGNR must demonstrate proper detection,acquisition, ranging, super elevation, and firing techniques.Actions are to be evaluated by the firing pit coach.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2012.

Reference. TM 08319A-12 and MCRP 3-25.10*.

Ordnance. (1)VX-99.

External Syllabus Support. Appropriate aerial targets! RCMAT,and/or Remotely Piloted Target Systems (RPVTS) and firing range thatis capable of supporting SHORAD missile systems.

AGNR-2015 1.0 B,R (180) (1) A-MANPAD, (1) CREW SERVED WPN, (1) THT or FHT L

Goal. Conduct immediate action and quick reaction drills with theAdvanced MANPAD.

Requirement. Given a tactical scenario the Gunner will conduct thefollowing immediate action and quick reaction drills:

(1) Conduct quick reaction drill to defend against an air attackusing Stinger Missile.

(2) Conduct quick reaction drill to defend against an air attackusing either an M2 or M240 machine gun.

(3) Conduct immediate action to small arms attack.(4) Conduct immediate action to indirect fire attack.(5) Conduct immediate action to improvised explosive device attack.

Performance Standard. The Gunner is provided fully-equippedA¥ffiNPADS. The Gunner takes immediate action and performs the properprocedures for an air attack.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2003, AGNR-2010, AGNR-2011, AGNR-2012 and AGNR­2013.

Enclosure (1) 3-40

Page 41: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.571'.22 1'10\7 11

Reference. MCRP 4-11.3F, MCRP 4-11.3H, MCWP 3-11.2, MCWP 3-11.3 andMCRP 3-25.10*.

AGNR-2016 2.0 B, R (365) (1 ) HWWMV, 1'

) NVD N L

Goal. Operate Night Vision Devices (NVD) while conducting vehicleoperations.

Requirement. Per the reference, inventory, set up and operate theNVD while helmet mounted per the following; night illuminationshould vary to get full appreciation of the night vision device:

(1) Remove and inventory the contents of the NVD per the TM.(2) Ins~all battery (either two AP. or one BA 5567) .(3) Perform preventive maintenance checks and services per the TM.(4) Install the helmet mount bracket and the helmet mount.(5) Install Night vision devices (NVDs) on helmet mount and adjust

distance for eye relief.(6) Attach the compass.(7) Turn Night vision devices (NVDs) on and focus all lens.(8) Move on foot no less than 200 meters over uneven terrain

utilizing the Night vision devices (NVDs) with compass attached.(9) operate a blacked out HMMWV for 1 hour on an established driving

course while wearing NVDs.

Performance Standard. Operate the NVD while operating a tacticalvehicle in black out conditions along an established course withoutthe use of headlights.

Prer~quisite. None.

Reference. TM 09500A-10/1A.

External Syllabus Support. Night driving course.

AGNR-2017 1.0 B, R (365) (1) JI.-[VLOcNPAD, (1) M2 .50 Cal N L

Goal. Assemble and mount the M2 .50 Cal HMG at night.

Reguirement. Per the reference, given an SL-3 complete M2 .50 cal,a tactical vehicle with an appropriate mount, mount the M2 in a timelimit of ten minutes. This event shall be conducted in daylightfirst to ensure ORM is applied. Once proficiency is demonstrated,this event will be conducted in hours of darkness or reducedvisibility.

Performance Standard. Assemble and mount the M2 in a time limit of10 minutes at night. Once the event is completed in hours ofdarkness, then the event can be logged as complete.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1, TM 11133A-OR/A and FM 21-305.

_OcGNR-2018 2.0 B, R (365 ) (1)M2.50 Cal N/D S/L

3-41

Goal. Perform immediate Cind remedial action for the M2 .50 cal HMG.

Enclosure (1)

Page 42: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov 11

Requirement. Per the reference, perform immediate and remedialaction while wearing a combat load (body armor, kevlar, andassociated proper protective equipment). This event shall beconducted in daylight first to ensure ORM is applied. Onceproficiency is demonstrated l this event will be conducted in hoursof darkness or reduced visibility.

(1) Perform immediate action on the M2 .50cal.(2) Perform immediate action on the runaway M2 .50cal.(3) Perform remedial action on the M2.50cal heavy machinegun.(4) Perform remedial action on a stuck cartridge in the M2 .50cal.(5) Perform remedial action on a ruptured cartridge in the M2.50cal.(6) Perform remedial action for sluggish operation of the M2. 50cal.

Performance Standard. Perform all immediate and remedial actionsthat return the weapon back to operation. Once the event iscompleted in hours of darkness, then it can be logged as complete.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2017.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1 and TM 02498A-lO!1.

Ordnance. A belt with (100) rounds of .50 cal dummy rounds.

AGNR-20l9 3.0 B, R (365) (1) M2 .50 Cal D!N L!S

Goal. Engage targets with the M2.50 Cal HMG.

Requirement. During a live firing exercise, the Gunner, given a SL­3 complete M2 and (435) rounds of A-576 .50 cal ammunition, willengage targets utilizing Table 7 M2.50 Cal Familiarization Fire (MOS7212) .

Performance Standard.firing teChniques, thetarget.

Utilizing proper operating procedures andGunner will engage ground and/or an aerial

Prerequisite. AGNR-20l7 and AGNR-20l8.

Ordnance. (435) rounds of A576 CTG, CAL .50, 4&1 LINKED, F!M2.

External Syllabus Support. Heavy machine-gun range capable ofsupporting mounted and dismounted firing of .50 cal at 1!5 scaleaerial targets flying with varying profiles, and stationary groundtargets that are setup at various ranges.

Reference. FM 23-65 and MCWP 3-15.1.

AGNR-2020 1.0 B, R (365) (1) M2 .50 Cal (1)PAS-13 N L

Goal. Mount a limited visibility site on the M2 .50 cal HMG atNight.

Requirement. Per the reference, mount the limited visibility site.This event shall be conducted in daylight first to ensure ORM isapplied. Once proficiency is demonstrated, this event will-beconducted in hours of darkness or reduced visibility.

Enclosure (1) 3-42

Page 43: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 ;lov 11

Performance Standard. The limited visibility sight is mountedproperly lAW the reference. Once the event is completed in hours ofdarkness, then it can be logged as complete.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2017.

Reference. TM 10091A/10092A-10/1, TM 11-5855-213-10 andTM 08670A-10/1A.

P,GNR-2021 1 • 0 B, R (365) (1) A-MANPP.D, (1) M240 N L

Goal. Assemble and mount the M240 MMG at night.

Requirement. Per the reference, given an SL-3 complete M240 and atactical vehicle with an appropriate mount, mount the M240 in a timelimit of ten minutes. This event shall be conducted in daylightfirst to ensure O~M is applied. Once prorlclency is demonstrated,this event will be conducted in hours of darkness or reducedvisibility.

Performance Standard. Mount the M240 in a time limit of 10 minutes.Once the event is completed in hours of darkness, then the event canbe logged as complete.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1, TM 11133A-OR/A, FM 21-305 andTM 08670A-10/1B.

AGNR-2022 2.0 B, R (365 ) (1) M240 N/D S/L

Goal. Perform immediate and remedial action for the M240 MMG atnight.

Reguirement. Per the reference/ perform immediate and remedialaction while wearing a combat load (body armor/ kevlar/ andassociated proper protective equipment). This evenL shall beconducted in daylight first to ensure ORM is applied. Onceproficiency is demonstrated, this event will be conducted in hoursof darkness or reduced visibility.

(1) Perform immediate action for the M240.(2) Perform immediate action for a runaway M240.(3) Perform remedial action for a stuck cartridge in a M240.(4) Perform remedial action for a ruptured cartridge in a M240.(5) Perform remedial action for sluggish operation of a M240.

Performance Standard. Without the aid of reference, perform allimmedia~e and remedial actions that return the weapon back tooperation. Once the event is completed in hours of darkness/ thenthe event can be logged as complete.

Prereguisite. AGNR-2021.

Reference. MCWP3-15.1 and TM 08670A-10/1B.

Ordnance. (100) round" of A159 Dununy 7. 62nun Linked.

3-43Enclosure (1)

Page 44: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

AGNR-2023 3.0 B, R (365) (1) AMANPADS, (1)M240 DIN L

Goal. Engage targets with the M240 MMG.

Reguirement. During a live firing exercise, the Gunner, given a SL­3 complete M240 and (435) rounds of A-131 7.62mm ammunition, willengage targets utilizing Table 7 M240 Familiarization Fire andaerial targets.

Performance Standard.firing techniques, thetarget.

Utilizing proper operating procedures andGunner will engage ground and/or an aerial

Prerequisite. AGNR-2021 and AGNR-2022.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1, TM 08670A-10/1B and TM 11133A-OR/A.

Ordnance. (435) rounds of A-131 7.62mm Linked.

External Syllabus Support. Medium machine-gun range capable ofsupporting mounted and dismounted firing of 7.62mm at 1/5 scaleaerial targets flying with varying profiles, and stationary groundtargets that are setup at various ranges.

AGNR-2024 1. 0 B, R (365) (l)Limited Visibility Sight, (1)M240 N/D L

Goal. Mount a limited visibility site on the M240 at night.

Requirement. Per the reference, mount the limited visibility site.This event shall be conducted in daylight first to ensure ORM isapplied. Once proficiency is demonstrated, this event will beconducted in hours of darkness or reduced visibility.

Performance Standard. The limited visibility sight is properlymounted and functioning. Once the event is completed in hours ofdarkness, then the event can be logged as complete.

Prereguisite. AGNR 2021.

Reference. TM 10091A/10092A-10/1, TM 11-5855-213-10 andTM 08670A-10/1B.

AGNR-2025 2.0 B, R (730) (1) M2 .50 CAL, (1) M240 D LiS

Goal. Advanced engagements of air and ground targets with the M2.50 cal and M240.

Requirement. Given a fully-equipped AMANPADS loaded with (100)rounds of .50 cal and (100) rounds of 7.62mm ammunition and atactical scenario that includes enemy air order of battle, ROE, airdefense control measures, and appropriate aerial targets, conductengagements with the M2 and M240.

Performance Standard. The Gunner will demonstrate proper targetselection and fire distribution techniques. The Gunner mustdemonstrate proper detection, ranging, and firing techniques.

Enclosure (1) 3-44

Page 45: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nn" 11

Prerequisite. AGNR-2016, AGNR-2017, AGNR-2018, AGNR-2019, AGNR-2020,AGNR-2021, AGNR-2022 AGNR-2023 and AGNR-2024.

Reference. FM 44-18, FM 44-8, and MCWP 3-25.10*.

Ordnance.(100) rounds of A-576 ammunition, and(100) rounds of A-131 ammunition.

External Syllabus Support. Heavy machine-gun range capable ofsupporting mounted and dismounted firing of 7.62mm and .50 cal at1/5 scale aerial targets flying with varying profiles, andsta~ionary ground targe~s ~hat are setup at various ranges.

AGNR-2026 16.0 B (* ) L

Goal. Mel COURSE 2538, Single Channel Ground Airborne System(SINCGP~S), provides instruction to all Marines with basic knowledgein operating the SINCGARS.

Requirement. N/A.

Performance Standard. Mer 2538 is designed to provide Marines withinformation and instruction applicable to performing duties as anincidental radio operator. The course emphasizes how to assemble,operate, and maintain the SINCGARS.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. TM 11-5820-890-10-1. Operator's Manual SINCGARS GroundCombat Net Radio, ICOM(1990).

TM 11-5820-890-10-2. SINCGARS ICOM Ground Radio Operator's PocketGuide (1991).

ITT-A/aD Number 33001/3009-1, 1990. SINCGARS (InstructorsGuide/Lesson Plan NCS Course (Draft)) (1990).

3.10.4 Team Leader (TLDR)

3.10.4.1 Purpose. This phase provides training for the LAAD AGNR to becomea LAAD Team Leader by developing skills and knowledge related to thecharacteristics, capabilities, limitations and operation of Lk~D relatedsystems or equipment. This phase is complete when the AGNR obtains CERT-6002.

3.10.4.2 General

Prerequisite. CERT-6001.

Crew Reguirements. Core skill proficient team.

Academic Training. Academic training will be conducted prior toand/or concurrent with required events. An academic event, once completed,can be credited as a prerequisite for follow-on training events.

Live and Simulator Event Training.

3-45

26 Events/63 Hours.

Enclosure (1)

Page 46: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

TLDR-2100 2.0 B, R (365) (2)ORGANIC VHF RADIOs D L

Goal. Setup, operate, and troubleshoot LAAD organic VHFCommunications.

Requirement. Without the aid of references, setup, operate, andtroubleshoot a LAAD organic VHF Communications.

(1) Setup an portable VHF radio for frequency hoppingcommunications, and communicate with another station.

(2) Modify an portable VHF Radio that is set up for frequency hopingto single channel communications.

(3) Install a VEHICLE MOUNTED VHF RADIO onto the vehicle mountingplate.

(4) Covert a PORTABLE VHF radio to a VEHICLE MOUNTED VHF RADIO.(5) Perform troubleshooting for degraded communications with both

PORTABLE VHF radio and VEHICLE MOUNTED VHF R~DIO.

Performance Standard. Communicate with a distant station utilizingproper communication procedures for items listed above.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2000.

Reference. TM 11-5820-890-10-1 and TM 11-5820-890-10-2.

TLDR-2101 1.0 B,R,E (365) (l)DTD, 2)LAAD Organic VHF Radios, (l)GPS L

Goal. Setup the organic VHF communications for securedtransmissions.

Requirement. Given a DTD with a fill cable and a load set, a netID, a single channel frequency, military GPS with correct cable(s),and two LAAD Organic VHF radio's, fill the radios for coveredcommunications and frequency hopping.

Performance Standard. Event completed when communication isestablished with a distant station over secure single channel andfrequency hopping.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2100.

Reference. TM 11-5820-890-10-6 and Allied Signal Users ManualON477430 Rev E.

TLDR-2102 1.0 B (*) (2) LAAD Organic VHF Radios, (2) AKAC-1553 L

Goal. Demonstrate proper authentication and encryptioncommunication procedures.

Requirement. Without the aid of reference, given training AKAC-1553and a LAAD Organic VHF Radios, set up for communication, demonstrateproper authentication and encryption procedures while communicatingwith a distance station (this can be accomplished by having twoMarines communicate with each other using two separate radios).Transmit and receive the following:

(1) Initiate a radio check.

Enclosure (1) 3-46

Page 47: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov 11

(2) Respond to an authentication challenge within 30 seconds withthe correct response. Correctly respond to 5 authentications.

(3) Receive a radio check.(4) Request/receive current Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Pass a position report.(6) State the phonetic alphabet and numbers.(7) Request for supplies using a provided list of brevity codes.(8) Authenticate another station and wait for the proper response.

Correctly challenge the other station five times.(9) Encrypt each item below in a time period of 30 minutes:

(a) Two six-digit grids.(b) Two names (i.e. rank/last name) .

(10) Receive two encrypted messages that must be de-encrypted within10 minutes.(a) One 6-digit grid.(b) One name (i.e. rank/last name).

Performance Standard. Complete all tasks above without error in theprescribed time limits listed above.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2001.

Reference. ACP-125, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-25.10* and EKMS 1.

TLDR-2103 2.0 B (* ) (2) LAAD Organic VHF Radios LiS

Goal. Send and receive reports organic to a LAAD Battalion.

Reguirement. With the aid of reference, send and receive thefollowing reports:

(1) NBC.(2) EOD 10 line.(3) Status Logistics Report.(4) CAS 9 line.(5) 15 Line Vehicle Recovery Report

Performance Standard. Send and receive the above reports in thecorrect format.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2002.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10*.

TLDR-2104 1.0 B, R (365) L

Goal. Call for and adjust Fire.

Requirement. Given a tactical scenario on a map, sand table, or asimulated combat environment and an identified target, conduct thefollowing:

(1) Determine best type of munitions to obtain desired effect on atarget.

(2) Develop a call for fire to engage the target.(3) Identify the most appropriate CAS brief.

3-47 Enclosure (1)

Page 48: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57.0,22 Nov 11

Performance Standard.casualty radius with 5the following:

To achieve effects on target within theadjustments or less, the TLDR will conduct

(1) Determine target description.(2) Determine the grid coordinates of the target.(3) Determine the direction from your position to the target.(4) Determine the distance from your position to the target.(5) Determine the method of fire and control.(6) Transmit the call for fire to the fire direction center giving

the observer identification and the warning order.(7) Observe impact of the round for height of burst, range, and

deviation from the target.(8) Determine range corrections as over, short, target, range

correct, doubtful, lost, and un-observed, with respect to thetarget.

(9) Determine deviation corrections as line, left or right of thetarget, ignoring deviation corrections of less than 30 meters.

(10) Range corrections are to be corrections as an add or drop inmultiples of 100 meters.

(11) Repeat performance steps (1) through (10) using successive orhasty bracketing procedures, or creeping fire if danger close,until the adjusting round has effects on target.

(12) Observe the results of the fire for effect, and transmitrefinement corrections, if necessary.

(13) Transmit end of mission, and casualty or damage information tothe fire direction center.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2000, AGNR-2004, TLDR-2101 and TLDR-2103.

Reference. FMFM 5-4A, FMFM 6-18 and FMFM 6-8.

TLDR-2l05 2.0 B,R,E (* ) L

Goal. Construct a VHF field expedient antenna.

Requirement. Per the references, given three frequencies, andproper mater.ials to construct a field expedient antenna, using thewavelength formulas listed below.

Wavelength # Divided by thefrequency i.n MHZ

Quarter WiJ.VO 234Half Wave 468Full Wave 936

Performance Standard. Using your field expedient antennacommunicate with a distant station.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2026, TLDR-2l00 and TLDR-2l01.

Reference. MCRP 3-40.3B.

TLDR-2l06 1.0 B (* ) (1) JVJAP L

Goal.

Enclosure (1)

Identify operational Terms and graphics.

3-48

Page 49: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NlWMC 3500.57.".?? Nov 11

Requirement. Per the reference properly identify the followingfriendly and enemy graphics.

(1) Friendly: (Examples)(a) Air Defense, section.(b) Basic infantry, platoon.(c) Mechanized infantry, company.(d) Armored reconnaissance, ba~talion.

(e) Engineer, platoon reinforced.(2) Enemy: (Examples)

(a) Basic helicopter.(b) Heavy machine-gun.(e) Medium mortar.(d) Artillery battery.(e) Light anti tank weapon.

Performance Standard. Properly identify all graphics listed abovewithout error.

Prereauisite. AGNR-2004.

Reference. MCRP 5-l2A.

TLDR-2l07 6.0 B, R (365) (1) COMPASS, (1) MAP D L

Goal. Conduct day navigation with the compass.

Requirement. Navigate an intermediate land navigation course duringdaylight by foot lAW the procedures listed below: (Points for theintermediate course will be no longer than 2000 meters apart.)

(1) Plot five, six-digit grid coordinates on a 1:50,000 scale map.(2) Convert the GM angle for the determined grid azimuth.(3) Navigate the five plotted points.

Performance Standard. Find four of the five points.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2005.

Reference: FM 3-25.26.

External Syllabus Support. Training area with an intermediate landnavigation course.

TLDR-2l08 6.0 B, R (365) (1) GPS, (1) Mao, (1) Compass D L

Goal. Conduct day navigation with a military GPS.

ReqUlrement. Given 5 way points, navigate an intermediate landnavigation course using a military GPS during daylight on foot inaccordance with the references (way po~nts will be no more than 2000meters apart):

(1) Set up "Navigation Menu" on the GPS for navigation operations.(2) Enter 5 waypoints.(3) Navigate to the 5 designated way points.

Performance Standard. Find 5 of the 5 points.

3-49 Enclosure (1)

Page 50: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

Prerequisite. AGNR-2006.

Reference. FM 3-25.26, TM 11-5820-1172-13(DAGR) andTM 11-5825-291-13 IPLGR).

External Syllabus Support. Training area with an intermediate landnavigation course.

TLDR-2109 6.0 B (365) (1) GPS, (1)Len static Compass, (1) Map N L

Goal. Conduct night navigation with a compass and military GPS.

Requirement.during hoursmilitary GPSbe no longer

Using an intermediate land navigation course, navigaLeof darkness or reduced visibility on foot using aand a compass. (Points of an intermediate course willthe 2000 meter apart.)

(1) Navigate 3 points using a military GPS.(2) Navigate 3 points using a lensatic compass.

Performance Standard. Find 3 of the 3 points with the GPS and 2 ofthe 3 points using a lensatic compass.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2007, TLDR-2107 and TLDR-2108.

Reference. FM 3-25.26, TM 11-5820-1172-13 (DAGR).

External Syllabus Support. Training area with an intermediate landnavigation course.

TLDR-2110 6.0 B,R,E (365) (l)AMANPAD, (1)MILITARY GPS N/D L

Goal. Conduct mounted Navigation with a GPS.

Requirement. With a tactical vehicle, a map, 5 grid coordinates anda military GPS system, navigate to each of the five coordinatesduring both daylight hours and hours of darkness.

Performance Standard. In order to complete this event the Gunnermust successfully navigate five out of five coordinates duringdaylight hours and hours of darkness.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2108.

Reference. FM 3-25.26, TM 09880C-OR and TM 11-5825-291-10-2.

External Syllabus Support. Appropriate driving range for a vehiclenavigation course.

TLDR-2111 1.0 B 1*) (1) Stinger Night Sight L

Goal. Identify capabilities and characteristics of the StingerNight Sight.

Reguirement. Without the aid of reference, identify thecapabilities and characteristics of the Stinger Night Sight aslisted below:

Enclosure II) 3-50

Page 51: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 t-lo;,7 l J

(1) State lighting conditions in which the night site can be used:(2) State at what range and altitudes a TLDR should be able to detect

a thermal image of an aircraft in the site: As the aspect changesproviding a view of the plume, side aspect to rear aspect, as thedetection range increases.

(3) State the power sources and the time of continuous operations.(4) State the field of views.(5) State operating temperature.(6) State the weight.

Performance Standard. State each of the above Stinger Night Sightstandards WiLhout error.

PrereqUislte. AGNR-2011.

Reference. TM 09688A-10&P.

TLDR-2112 4.0 B, R, E (90) L

Goal. Advanced Aircraft Identification.

Reguirement. Without the aid of reference, and given a visualpresentation of at least 100 combat aircraft consisting of acombination of 40 U.S. and 30 NATO/foreign, 30 Threat/foreignaircraft, the TLDR will correctly identify the aircraft provided.The Gunner will be given one, 5-second exposure/ from the front/side or rear aspect of the aircraft with a 5 second interval betweeneach aircraft being presented.

Performance Standard. The TLDR will successfully identify 100 % ofUS aircraft and 90% of NATO/Threat/foreign aircraft presented.

Admin Note. All tests will be conducted using slides (MicrosoftPower Point format)

Prereguisite. AGNR-2003.

Reference. AFTTP 3-1, FM 3~01.80, Visual Aircraft RecognitionIVACR) .

TLDR-2113 1.0 B (365) S

Goal. Apply air defense control measures.

Reguirement. Per the references and given a tactical scenario, orduring a practical exercise, define and apply air defense controlmeasures; must demonstrate knowledge of the following:

(1) Air Defense Warning Conditions (ADWC).(2) States of Alert ISOA).(3) Rules of EngagementIROE).(4) Weapons Control Status IWCS).(5) Identification criteria.(6) Self defense criteria.(7) Fire control orders.(8) Depict Ten Airspace Coordinating Measures (ACM) on a Map.

3-51Enclosure (1)

Page 52: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Performance Standard.events listed above.a map.

Without error answer and perform each of theDepict all ten air defense control measures on

Prereguisite. AGNR-20l0.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10 and MCRP 3-25.10.

TLDR-2ll4 1.0 B, R (365) s

Goal. Define the use of Rules of Engagement (ROE).

Requirement. Per the reference, define the use of Rules ofEngagement, identification criteria, track classification, weaponscontrol statuses and fire commands as they relate to the engagementof air threats.

Performance Standard. Without error, defIne ROE, identificationcriteria, track classification, weapons control statuses and firecommands.

Prereguisite. AGNR-20l0 and TLDR-2ll3.

Reference. MCWP 3-22, MCWP 3-25.10*, MCRP 3-25.10*, and FM 27-10.

TLDR-2ll5 1.0 B (365) s

Goal. Identify Manual Cross-Tell and Polar Grid Target Information.

Requ1rement. Per the reference! provided with a map, overlay withthe Cartesian Coordinate Reference Point system (CCRP) on it:

(1) Explain the purpose for manual cross-tell.(2) Within four minutes correctly plot four points on the mapusing Manual Cross-tell.

(3) Explain the purpose of Polar Grid.(4) Within four minutes correctly plot four points on the map using

Polar Grid.

Performance Standard. Explain the purpose of -Manual cross-tell,and Polar Grid and identify -the locations given.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10*.

TLDR-2ll6 1.0 B (* ) LiS

Goal. Prepare A Terrain Model.

Requirement. Given an OPORD, an area of operations, and a 1:50,000map, and materials construct a terrain model.

(1) Select a secure area large enough to accommodate the terrainmodel and Marines during briefing.

(2) Orient terrain model to the north and draw a north seeking arrowin the model.

(3) Show all major natural and manmade terrain features.

Enclosure (1) 3-52

Page 53: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 l-lov 11

(4) Mark all grid lines, routes, pre-plotted targets, andcheckpoints.

(5) Mark all known friendly and enemy positions.(6) Provide a legend.

Performance Standard. The LAAD Gunner will prepare and present aterrain model which accurately disseminates the information receivedfrom an OPORD.

Prerequisice. AGNR-2004 and TLDR-2106.

Reference. FMFM 6-5 and MCWP 3-11.3.

TLDR-21 1 7 2.0 E, R L

Goal. Extract pertinent information from an Operations Order.

Requirement. Per the reference, and given an Operations Order, theTLDR will brief the assistant gunner on all pertinent informationextracted as identified below at a minimum.

(1) Threat aircraft/vehicles.(2) Mission.(3) Commanders intent.(4) Tasks:(a) Grid(b) Sector of Fire.Ie) Primary target line.Id) Defended Asset.(5) Initial Air Defense Control Measures:(a) Weapon Control Status.(b) Warning Condition.(c) State of Alert(6) ROE.(7) Autonomous Operations.(8) Route.(9) Call signs.(10) Net TD/frequencies.

Performance Standard. This event is complete when the assistantGunner accurately records all pertinent information listed above asgiven by the TLDR.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2010, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCRP 3-15.10.

TLDR-2ll8 1.0 B 1*) S

Goal. Identify basic convoy structure for Air Defense Operations.

Reguirement. Per the reference, identify the basic convoyorganization and structure, addressing the following:

(l) Ident fy command and key billets within a convoy.(2) Ident fy communication nets within a convoy.(3) Ident fy the vehicle configuration of a convoy.

3-53Enclosure (1)

Page 54: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A72 Nnv 11

Performance Standard. Without error, identify the basic convoyorganization and structure.

Prereguisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCRP 3-15.10, MCRP 44-11F and MCRP 44-11H.

TLDR-2119 1.0 E, R (365 ) (1) A-MAN PAD L

Goal. Emplace the A-MANPADS.

Requirement. During a practical application exercise, a firingposition has been selected for the TLDR's AMANPADS and his sectionleader directs him to emplace and prepare for action.

Performance Standard. Emplace and prepare the AMANPADS for actionper procedures outlined in TM 9-1425-433-10, paragraphs 3-29f and3-32. Accomplish this task in 20 minutes.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2002, AGNR-2004, AGNR-2005, AGNR-2006, AGNR 2007,AGNR-2008, AGNR-2009, AGNR-2010, AGNR-2015, TLDR-2100, TLDR-2101,TLDR-2103, TLDR-2105 and TLDR-2106.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10*.

TLDR-2120 2 B,R (365) S

Goal. Demonstrate emergency destruction of LAAD equipment.

Reguirement. Per the reference, simulate the procedures foremergency destruction for each item below:

(1) COMSEC devices.(2) EKMS material.(3) HMMWV.(4) Communication hardware.(5) Missile.(6) IFF.(7) GPS.

Performance Standard. Without error, describe and simulateprocedures to destroy all above listed equipment IAW the reference.

Prereguisite. None.

Reference. EKMS1 and MCWP 3-25.10*.

TLDR-2121 8.0 B, R (60) (1) IMTS L

Goal. Direct engagements with the Stinger Missile System.

Reguirement. In a simulated environment, the TLDR will aid theAssistant Gunner in engaging five jet aircraft, five propellerdriven aircraft, and five helicopters without shooting down friendlyaircraft. The scenarios can occur in daylight, limited-visibility,or night con2ditions and while employing IRCCM's.

Enclosure (1) 3-54

Page 55: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nmr 11

Performance Standard. The TLDR will direct the Assistant Gunner byusing proper fire commands and engagement orders to engage five jetaircraft I five non-jet propeller driven aircraft, and fivehelicopters. Any engagements of friendly aircraft will result in afailure of the event.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2003, AGNR-2010, AGNR-2012, AGNR-2013, TLDR­2112, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114 and TLDR-2115.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.11 and FM 44-1A.

TLDR-2122 2.0 B (* ) L/S

Goal. Execute fire commands.

Requirement. Per the reference, when given the below listed firecommands, demonstrate how to properly execute each ODe;

(1) Initial. Commands:(a) Alert.Ib) Direction.(c) Description.(d) Range.(e) Assignment/Method.(f) Control.

(2) Subsequent Commands(a) Adjust fire (Deflection correction must always be given

first) .(b) Cease Fire.

Performance Standard. Without error, demonstrate proper action whengiven each above listed fire command.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2025 and TLDR-2114.

Reference. MCWP 3-15.1.

External Syllabus Support.and dismounted firing or an(ISMT) .

Machine-gun range that supports mountedIndoor Standardized Marksmanship Trainer

TLDR-2123 2.0 B, R (730) (1) M2 .50 CAL, (1) M240 L/S

Goal. Engage air and ground targets with the M2 .50 cal and M240

Requirement. Given a fully-equipped AMANPADS loaded with (100)rounds of .50 cal and (100) rounds of 7.62mm ammunition and atactical scenario that includes enemy air order of battle, ROE, airdefense control measures, and appropriate aerial targets, conductengagements with the M2 .50 cal and M240.

Performance Standard. The TLDR will demonstrate proper targetselection and fire distribution techniques. The -TLDR mustdemonstrate proper detection, ranging, and firing techniques.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2017, AGNR-2018, AGNR-2019, AGNR-2020, AGNR­2021, AGNR-2022, AGNR-2023, ANGR-2024 and AGNR-2025.

3-55Enclosure (1)

Page 56: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Reference. FM 44-18, FM 44-8, and MCWP 3-25.10*.

Ordnance.(100) rounds of A-576 ammunition, and(100) rounds of A-131 ammunition.

External Syllabus Support. Heavy machine-gun range capable ofsupporting mounted and dismounted firing of 7.62rnm and .50 cal at1/5 scale aerial targets flying with varying profiles, andstationary ground targets that are setup at various ranges.

TLDR-2124 1.0 B, R (1095 ) (1) Live Stinqer Missile L

Goal. Engage an air target with a live Stinger missile.

Requirement. During a live firing exercise and given a Stingermissile, the TLDR will engage an aerial target.

Performance Standard. Utilizing proper operating procedures andfiring techniques, the TLDR will engage an aerial "target byconducting the following:

(1) Track and range target.(2) Activate weapon and obtain an acquisition tone.(3) Insert correct super elevation and lead.(4) Press trigger to fire weapon and continue to Track target for

three to five seconds.(5) Remove BCU within three minutes.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2012, AGNR-2013 and AGNR-2014.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10* and FM 44-1A.

Ordnance(1) Stinger missile types: PL-89, PL-90, or PL-93, and (1) PN-15 orPN-16 Stinger grip-stocks (Basic/RMP).

External Syllabus Support. Appropriate aerial targets, RC~1AT,

and/or Remotely Piloted Target Systems (RPVTS) and firing range thatis capable of supporting SHORAD missile systems.

TLDR-2125 1.0 B,R (730) (l)A-MANPAD, (l)CREW SERVED WPN, (l)THT or FHT L

Goal. Supervise immediate action and quick reaction drills with theAdvanced MANPAD.

Reguirements. Given a tactical scenario the TLDR will supervise thefollowing immediate action and quick reaction drills and lead histeam in execution:

(1) Conduct quick reaction drill to defend against an air attackusing Stinger Missile.

(2) Conduct quick reaction drill to defend against an air attackusing either an M2 or M240 machine gun.

(3) Conduct immediate action to small arms attack.(4) Conduct immediate action to indirect fire attack.(5) Conduct immediate action to improvised explosive device attack.

Enclosure. (1) 3- 5 6

Page 57: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 No,r 11

Performance Standard. The TLDR is provided fully equipped ~~NPADS.

The AGNR takes immediate action and performs the proper proceduresfor an air attack based off of directions from the TLDR.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2015, AGNR-2025, TLDR-2121 and TLDR-2122.

Reference. MCWP 3-11.2, MCWP 3-11.3, MCRP 4-11.3F, MCRP 4-11.3H andMCRP 3-25.10*.

3.10.5 Section Leader (SLDR)

3.10.5.1 Purpose. This phase provides training for the TLDR ~o become aSLDR by developing skills and knowledge related to the characteristics,capabilities, limitations, employment and operation of LAF~D related sysLemsand equipment.

3.10.5.2 General.

Prerequisite. CERT-6002.

Admin Note. This phase is complete when the TLDR obtains CERT-6003.Upon gaining CERT-6003 the SLDR will be eligible to attend the LETI course ofinstruction provided by MAWTS-l.

Crew Requirements. Core skill proficient L_~D section.

Academic Training. Academic training will be conducted prior toand/or concurrent with required events unless noted as a prerequisite for aspecific event. An academic event, once completed, can be credited as aprerequisite for follow-on training events.

Live and Simulator Event Training. Events 36/Hours 152.

SLDR-2200 1.0 B, R (365) EKMS MATERTAL L

Goal. Properly handle EKMS software.

Reguirement., -Per the references, receive, store, transport,destroy, safeguard and complete required destruction records.

Performance Standard. Receive, store, transport, safeguard,destroy, and complete required destruction records.

Prereguisite. TLDR-2101.

Reference. EKMSI.

SLDR-2201 2.0 B, R (365) (1) DTD L

Goal. Operate cryptographic Data Transfer Device (DTD).

Reguirement. Per the reference operate the cryptographic DTD.

(1) Operate.(2) Store a key.(3) Transfer a key.(4) Delete a key.(5) Zeroize.

3-57 Enclosure (1)

Page 58: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A77 Nov 11

Performance Standard. Operate the DTD conducting all steps notedabove lAW the reference.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2101 and SLDR-2200.

Reference. TM 09766A-10, TM 11-5810-394-20&P, and Allied SignalUsers Manual ON477430 Rev E.

SLDR 2202 1.0 B, R (365) (l)Organic VHF Antenna, (2)VHF RADIOS L

Goal. Employ the LAAD Organic VHF antenna.

Requirement. Per the reference setup and use the VHF antenna forlocal communications.

Performance Standard. With assistance of a radio operator setup theVHF antenna and communicate with another station within a time limitof 15 minutes.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2100 and TLDR-2105.

Reference. TM 11-5985-357-13.

SLDR 2203 8.0 B,R (365) (2)LAAD Organic HF radio, (2)HF Antenna, (l)DTD L

Goal. Operate LAAD Organic HF Communications.

Requirement. During a practical application exercise, the student,given a communication requirement, will prepare and operate HFcommunications. The following equipment is provided: A datafill/transfer device, a distant communication station alreadyestablished, and a HF communication site SL-3 complete. The studentwill:

(l) State operational Characteristics and features of a HF radio.(2) State the controls and indicators of the HF radio(3) Identify and perform self tests and measurements(4) Setup, program and operate the HF radio set in secure and

unsecure modes.(A) Install batteries(B) Install Antenna(C) Connect hand set(D) Load a crypto fill(E) Load frequencies(F) Establish communication with distant station in unsecure mode(G) Establish communication with distant station in secure mode(H) Zeroize crypto fill

Performance Standard. The standard is met when a secured radiocheck is made.

Prerequisite. SLDR-2200 and SLDR-2201.

Reference. TM 108-22A-10/1.

Enclosure (1) 3-58

Page 59: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

SLDR-2204 32.0 B 1* ) ACADEMIC

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

L

Goal. The Mer 2515H, Antenna Construction and Propagation of RadioWaves, provides communicators with instructions in selecting and/orconstructing the appropriate antenna(s) for use within the currentfield.

Requirement. Ordering the Mer 2515H from www.rnci.usrnc.

Performance Standard. This course is designed as a course of studyon the propagation of radio waves and the construction and repair ofconventional and field expedient antennas.

Prere~uisite. None.

Reference. N/A.

SLDR-2205 1.5 B (365) (2) h~~D organic HF radio L

Goal. Construct a High Frequency (HF) field expedient antenna.

Reguirement. Per the references, given one frequency, construct afield expedient antenna for one wavelength, then communicate withanother station. The following equipment will be provided:

II) Camouflage netting support poles (or equivalent).(2) WD-l.(3) Duct tape.(4) Electrical tape.(5) Plastic spoons.(6) HF frequencies x 3 (Lo / Med / Bi).(7) 550m cord.(8) Cobra Head.(9) Stakes.

Performance Standard. This event is complete when the antenna iscorrectly constructed and communications with another station is

,acQieved using the antenna.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2105, SLDR-2203 and SLDR-2204.

Reference. MCRP 3-40.3B.

SLDR-2206 14.0 B 1*) ACADEMIC L

Goal. MCr course 2526B, Introduction to Electronic Warfare, hasbeen published to provide instruction to all Marines involved incommunications.

Reguirement. Ordering the Mcr 2526 from www.mci.usmc.

Performance Standard. MCl 2526 addresses the terminology used inelectronic warfare, its objectives, and responsibilities ofindividuals in the chain of command. Additionally, the courseemphasizes the electronic threat and actions in countering thethreat.

Prereguisite. None.

3-59 Enclosure II)

Page 60: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Reference. FMFM 2-1, FMFM 3-1, FMFM 5-1, FM 34-1, FM 34-36, MCO3430.3C and OR 7-12.

SLDR-2207 21.0 B 1* ) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Mer course 2540, Communications Plans and Orders, providesinstruction to Marines having duties that may require them to draftorders for operational communication.

Reguirement. Ordering the Mer 2540 from www.mci.usmc.

Performance Standard. Mer 2540 addresses information that all SNCOcomrnunicaLion Marines should know. This information includesorganization and employment of USMC command and control systems,planning routine communication support, combat plans and ordersincluding paragraph5 of the operations order, communication estimates, and Annex K.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. N/A.

SLDR-2208 3 B, R (365) L

Goal. Program the IFF the belt pack ..

Requirement. Given a KIR-lC, DTD, Fill cable, AN/GSX-l,and (3)AN/PPX-3B/A belt packs; program them with four days of Mode IV.

Performance Standard. Utilizing proper procedures program the beltpack with four days of Mode IV.

Prerequisite. SLDR-2200 and SLDR-220l.

Reference. EKMS-l, TM 07922A/B, and MeRP 3-25.10*.

SLDR-2209 2.0 B, R 1*) L

Goal. Plot and construct operational graphics.

Reguirement. Given a map, overlay, an operation order, andcorresponding grid coordinates, properly construct and plot unitsymbols, control measures and mission graphics.

(1) Friendly: (Examples)(a) Air Defense, section.(b) Basic infantry, platoon.(c) Mechanized infantry, company.(d) Armored reconnaissance, battalion.(e) Engineer, platoon reinforced.

(2) Enemy: (Examples)la) Basic helicopter.Ib) Heavy machine-gun.Ic) Medium mortar.Id) Artillery battery.(e) Light anti tank weapon.

(3) Control measures:

Enclosure (1) 3-60

Page 61: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 1'10v 11

(a) Friendly lateral boundaries.(b) Air corridor/Minimum risk route.(c) Air control point.(d) Axis of advance.(e) No Fire Area/Restricted Fire Area.(f) Checkpoint.(g) Booby trap.

Performance Standard. With the aid of reference, properly constructthe lis~ed unit symbols, control measures and mission graphicswithin the operation order.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004 and TLDR-2106.

Reference. MCRP 5-12A.

SLDR-2210 5.0 B,E (*) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of the Marine Aircraft Wing(MAW) .

Requirement. Given the references demonstrate an understanding ofthe Marine Aircraft Wing (MAW's) units, systems, capabilities andlimitations to include, at minimum, the following:

(1) Marine Air Groups:(a) Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron F/W & R/W.(b) Marine Aerial Refueler Transport Squadron.(c) Marine Tactical Electronic Warfare Squadron.(d) Marine Fighter Attack Squadron.(e) Marine Attack Squadron.(f) Marine Helicopter Heavy Squadron.(g) Marine Helicopter Medium Squadron.(h) Marine Helicopter Light/Attack Squadron.

(2) Marine Wing Support Group and Marine Wing Support Squadron.(3) Marine Air Control Group:

(a) Marine Tactical Air Command Squadron.(b) Marine Air Control Squadron.(c) Marine Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Squadron.(d) Marine Wing Communications Squadron.(e) Marine Air Support Squadron.(f) Low Altitude Air Defense Battalion.

Performance Standard. With the aid of references, the LAAD officerwill list and define the different Marine Air Groups, Marine WingSupport Group, Marine Wing Support Squadrons, and Marine Air ControlGroups of Marine Aviation.

Prerequisite. None.

References. MCWP 3-2 Aviation Operations, MCWP 3-21.1 AviationGround Support.

SLDR-2211 2.0 B, R (* ) ACADEMIC L

Goal. List the units and their agencies within a Marine Air ControlGroup (MACG).

3-61Enclosure (1)

Page 62: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov 11

Requirement. Per the reference, state the units within a MACG andthe agencies they provide:

(1) Marine Air Control Squadron:(a) Tactical Air Operations Center.(b) Marine Air Traffic Control.(c) Early Warning and Control.

(2) Marine Air Support Squadron - Direct Air Support Center.(3) Marine Wing Communications Squadron - Communications

detachments.141 Fixed Wing Marine Unmanned Squadron (VMUI - UAS detachments(5) Marine Tactical Air Control Squadron - Tactical Air Command

Center ITACCI.(6) LAAD Battalion - LAAD batteries, platoons, sections.

Performance Standard. Without error, list all agencies each MACGunit provides.

Prerequisite. SLDR-22l0.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.3 and MCRP 3-25D.

SLDR-22l2 5.0 B,E 1*) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of the Marine Ground CombatElement.

Reguirement. Given the references demonstrate an understanding ofthe Marine Ground Combat Division units, and Marine Logistics Groupscapabilities and limitations to include, at minimum, the following:

(1) Marine Division:lal Infantry Regiments and Infantry Battalions.(b) Artillery Regiment and Artillery Battalions.(c) Tank Battalion.(d) Amphibious Assault Battalion.(e) Combat Engineer Battalion.(f) Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion.

(2) Marine Logistics Group:(a) Combat Logistics Regiments.(b) Combat Logistics Battalions.

Performance Standard. With the aid of references, the LAAD officerwill list and define the different Marine Ground Combat Divisions,and Marine Logistics Support Groups (as required above).

Prereguisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-31.5 and FMFM-6.

SLDR-22l3 1.0 B, R 1* ) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of the OPTASKLINK.

Reguirement. Given the references demonstrate an understanding ofthe OPTASKLINK.

(1) Cartesian coordinate reference point.(2) Cartesian ~oordinate reference system specifications.

Enclosure (11 3-62

Page 63: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nnv 11

(3) Link 16/JRE data including JU addresses.

Performance Standard. The SLDR will extract the pertinentinformation from the OPTASKLINK.

Prereguisite. None.

Reference. FMFM 5-4A, FMFM 5-60, JPUB 3-56.1, and MCWP 3-22.

SLDR-22i4 1 • 0 B, R (365) L

Goal. Construct a Cartesian Coordinate Reference Point (CeRP)SysLem.

Reauirement. Without the ala of references, construct a ceRPsystem. The following equipment will be provided:

(1) 1:50,000, 1:250,000 maps.(2) Overlay paper.(3) Black map. pen.(4) CCRP reference point.(5) ceRP unit of measures.(6) Quadrant identifications.(7) OPTASLINK.

Performance Standard. Accurately depict the CeRP on a 1:50,000 or a1:250, 000 sized map.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2115, SLDR-2209 and SLDR­2213.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10*.

SLDR-2215 1.0 B, R (540) S

Goal. Define and Apply Rules of Engagement (ROE)

Requlrement. Pe~ the reference, define and apply Rules ofEngagement, id~ntification criteria, weapons control statuses andfire commands as they relate to the engagement of air threats.

Performance Standard. Without error, define ROE, identificationcriteria, weapons control statuses and fire commands.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2010 and TLDR-2114.

Reference. MCWP 3-22, MCWP 3-25.10*, MCRP 3-25.10*, and FM 27-10.

SLDR-2216 1.0 B, R 1*) ACADEMTC S

Goal. List and define the determining factors for establishing airdefense priorities.

Requirement. Per the reference, list and define the factors forestablishing air defense priorities.

(1) Criticality.(2) Vulnerability.

3-63 Enclosure (1)

Page 64: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nnv 11

(a) Recoverability.(3) Threat.

Performance Standard. Without error, list and define thedetermining factors for establishing air defense priorities.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-22 and MCRP 3-25.10.

SLDR-2217 1.0 B, R (365) ACADEMIC S

Goal. List and define the air defense weapon employment guidelinesand principles.

Requirement. Demonstrate knowledge of the air defense weaponemployment guidelines and principles to include:

II) Guidelines:(a) Balanced Fires (are achieved by positio~ing LAAD units to

permit approximately equal defensive fires in alldirections) .

(b) Overlapping Fires (Overlapping fires occur when individualair defense units' engagement zones overlap).

(c) Weighted Coverage (achieved by concentrating teams towardknown enemy locations, unprotected unit boundaries orlikely enemy venues of approach).

(d) Mutual Support (positioning individual assets so theydeliver fires into dead zones that surround adjacentassets.

(e) Early Engagement (positioning LAAD teams far enough out fromthe asset or unit being defended to permit the engagementof enemy aircraft before ordnance relea~e).

If) Defense In Depth (positioning air defense assets so thatenemy aircraft encounter an ever-increasing volume offire) .

(2) Principles:(a) Mix(b) Mass(c) Mobility(d) Integration

Performance Standard. Without error, list and provide writtendefinition of air defense weapon employment guidelines andprinciples.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10* and MCRP-3-25.10a.

SLDR-2218 3.0 B,R (* ) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Apply employment guidelines and principles.

Reguirement. Per the references and provided with one 1:50,000 map,one 1:250,000 map and 5 employment scenarios, apply the appropriateguidelines and principles in each scenario.

Enclosure (1) 3-64

Page 65: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nn1T 11

Performance Standard. Properly depict and explain the appropriateguidelines and principle for each scenario.

Prereguisite. SLDR-2216 and SLDR-2217.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10*.

SLDR-2219 6.0 B, R (365) L/S

Goal. Plan for employment of a Lk~D section in a direct supportmission .

. Reguirement. Per the reference, given a scenario, plan for asection in a direct support mission by addressing the following:

(1) IPB (responsiveness to the threat).(2) Threat analysis.(3) LAAD capabilities, limitations, and requirements.(4) Command/support relationships.(5) Air defense priorities.(6) Command Post (CP) operations.(7) Air defense control measures.(8) ID Criteria.(9) Rules of engagement.(10) Surveillance plan.(11) Integration with MACCS.(12) Integration with host nation assets (as applicable).(13) Integration with GCE.(14) Communications plan.(15) Data link architecture capabilities/limitations.(16) Re-supply.(17) Logistics planning.(18) Helo-borne operations (as applicable).(19) Night operations.(20) Amphibious operations (as applicable).

Performance Standard. With the aid of reference, address in detaileach of the items listed above that applies to the scenario.

Prerequlsite. AGNR~2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR­2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208 and SLDR-2218.

Reference. FMFM 3-1, MCWP 3-25.10*, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C,ACP-125, and FM 24-18.

SLDR-2220 6.0 B, R (365) L/S

Goal. Plan for employment of a LAAD section in a general supportmission.

Reguirement. Per the reference, given a scenario, plan for asection in a general support mission by addressing the following:

(1) IPB (responsiveness to the threat).(2) Threat analysis.(3) LA~D capabilities, limitations, and requirements.(4) Command/support relationships.(5) Air defense priorities.(6) Command Post (CP) operations.(7) Air defense control measures.

3-65Enclosure (1)

Page 66: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A7/. Nov 11

(B) ID Criteria.(9) Rules of engagement.(10) Surveillance plan.Ill) Integration with MACCS.(12) Integration with host nation assets (as applicable).(13) Integration with GCE.(14) Communications plan.(15) Data link architecture capabilities/limitations.(16) Re-supply.(17) Logistics planning.(lB) Helicopter borne operations (as applicable).(19) Night operations.(20) Amphibious operations (as applicable).

Performance Standard. With the aid of reference, address in detaileach of the ;rAms li~ted above that applies to the scenario.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR-2115,TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-220B and SLDR-221B.

Reference. FMFM 3-1, MCWP 3-25.10*, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C,ACP 125, and FM 24-1B.

SLDR-2221 2.0 B, R (*) L

Goal. Plan for employment of a LAAD section in Point Defense role.

Reguirement. Given a tactical scenario! plan for a LAAD section byaddressing, at minimum the following:

(1) IPB (Responsiveness to the Threat).(2) LAAD capabilities, limitations, and requirements.(3) Command/support relationships.(4) Air defense priorities.(5) Command Post (CP) operations.(6) Air defense control measures.(7) ID Criteria.(B) Rules of engagement.(9) Surveillance plan.(10) Integration with MACCS.(11) Integration with GCE.(12) Communications planning.(13) Missile re-supply.(14) Logistics planning.(15) Helicopter borne operations (where applicable) .(16) Night operations.(17) Amphibious operations (where applicable).(18) Operational risk management.

Performance Standard. Per the references, develop a plan thataddresses the considerations listed above.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR­2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-220B and SLDR-221B.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125,FM 24-18, FMFM 3-1 and Mca 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. A training area capable of supportinglarge numbers of tactical ·vehicle moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to command and control.

Enclosure (1) 3-66

Page 67: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

SLDR-2222 2.0 B, R (* )

NIWMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

L

Goal. Plan for employment of a LAAD section for Defense of aManeuver Unit.

Reguirement. Given a tactical scenario, plan for a LAAD section forDefense of a Maneuver unit by addressing the following:

(1) IPB (Responsiveness to the Threat).(2) Lk~D capabilities, limitations, and requirements.(3) Command/support relationships.(4) Air defense priorities.(5) Command Post (CP) operations.(6) Air defense control measures.(7) ID Criteria.(B) Rules of engagement.(9) Surveillance plan.(10) Integration with MACCS.(11) InLeyL"dLlull wlLll GeE.(12) Communications planning.(13) Missile re-supply.(14) Logistics planning.(15) Helicopter borne operations (where applicable).(16) Night operaLions.(17) Amphibious operations (where applicable).(lB) Operational risk management.(19) Communication and coordination with the supported unit.(20) Methods of employment:

(a) Behind the maneuver unit.(b) Within the maneuver unit.

Performance Standard. Per the references, develop a plan thataddresses the considerations listed above.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106; TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR­2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-220B and SLDR-221B.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-lB, FMFM 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. A training area capable of supportinglarge numbers of tactical vehicle moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to command and control.

SLDR 2223 6.0 B,R (* ) L

Goal. Plan for employment of a LAAD unit in Defense of a Convoyrole.

Reguirement. Given a tactical scenario during a Marine AviationPlanning Problem (MAPP) or Field evaluation, the SLDR will plan forAir Defense of a Convoy. The SLDR'S plan will address thefollowing:

(1) IPB (Responsive to the Threat - likely choke points, ambushpoints, etc.).

(2) Weather.(3) Intel (Threat analysis, Friendly forces, lED threat, COJl..' s) .(4) LAAD force protection capabilities, limitations, and

requirements.(5) Command/supporl relationships.

3-67 Enclosure (1)

Page 68: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov 11

(6) Command and control of the convoy.(7) Route.(8) Speed/rate of march.(9) Sectors of fire.(10) Positions of gun trucks.(11) Actions on enemy contact.(12) Positive ID criteria.(13) Rules of Engagement.(14) Intelligence Surveillance Reconnaissance Plan or Route

Reconnaissance Plan.(IS) Air defense priorities.(16) Air defense control measures.(17) Air escort planning and coordination.

·(18) Plan for control of Close Air Support.(19) Integration with higher.(20) Integration with supported unit.(21) Integration with MACCS.(22) Integration with GCE.(23) Communications planning.(24) Bump plan for personnel and vehicles.(25) Recovery plan for vehicles.(26) CASEVAC procedures.(27) Quick Reaction Force procedures.(28) Logistics planning.(29) Night operations.(30) Operational risk management.(31) Surveillance plan.(32) Missile re-supp1y.(33) Methods of convoy defense:

(a) Within the convoy.(b) Prepositioned along the route.(c) Combination of the two, as assets allow.

Performance Standard. The SLDR will develop a plan that properlyaddresses the employment of a LAAD unit that has been assigned aconvoy operations mission having addressed all items listed above.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2110, TLDR-2113, TLDR­2114, TLDR-2l15, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208 andSLDR-2218.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10, MCRP 4-l1.3H and Unit SOP(s)

SLDR-2224 2.0 B, R (* ) L

Goal. Plan for employment of a LAAD section as a Surveillance andWeapon Gap Filler.

Requirement.Surveillancefollowing:

Given a tactical scenario, plan for a L_~D section forand Weapon Gap Filler mission by addressing the

(1) IPB (Responsiveness to the Threat) .(2) 'LAAD capabilities, limitations, and requirements.(3) Command/support relationships.(4) Air defense priorities.(5) Command Post (CP) operations.(6) Air defense control measures.(7) ID Criteria.(8) Rules of engagement.(9) Surveillance plan.

Enclosure (1) 3-68

Page 69: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nnv 11

(10) Integration with MACCS.(11) Integration with GCE.(12) Communications planning.(13) Missile re-supply.(14) Logistics planning.(15) Helicopter borne operations (where applicable).(16) Night operations.(17) .~phibious operations (where applicable).(18) Operational risk management.(19) Key avenues of approach.(20) Terrain masking effects.(21) Expected threat density.

Performance Standard. Per ~he references, develop a plan thataddresses the considerations listed above.

Prereauisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR­2115, TLDR 2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208 and SLDR-2218.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125,FM 24-18, FMFM 3-1 and MCa 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. A training area capable of supportinglarge numbers OL tactical vehicle moving in formations l and radiofrequencies to command and control.

SLDR-2225 2.0 B (*) L

Goal. Plan for employment of a LAAD section in a Base Defense Zone(BDZ) .

Requirement. Given a tactical scenario, plan for employment of aLAAD section in a BDZ by addressing the following:

(1) IPB (Responsiveness to the Threat) .(2) LAAD capabilities, limitations! and requirements.(3) Command/support relationships.(4) Air defense priorities.(5) Command Post (CP) operations.(6) Air defense control measures.(7) ID Criteria.(8) Rules of engagement.(9) Surveillance plan.(10) Integration with MACCS.(11) Integration with GCE.(12) Communications planning.(13) Missile re-supply.(14) Logistics planning.(15) Helicopter borne operations (where applicable).(16) Night operations.(17) Amphibious operations (where applicable).(18) Operational risk management.(19) BDZ Criteria

(a) Weapon System(b) Radar or reliable radar picture(c) C2 Agency (MATC)

(20) Airfield layout and procedures.(21) Coordination with ~lATC.

Performance Standard. Per the references, develop a plan thataddresses the consideL"alions listed above.

3-69Enclosure (1)

Page 70: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A?? Nov 11

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2112, TLDR-2113, TLDR­2114, TLDR-2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208 andSLDR-2218.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125,FM 24-18, FMFM 3-1 and Mca 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. A training area capable of supportinglarge numbers of tactical vehicle moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to command and control.

SLDR-2226 2.0 B, R (*) Lis

Goal. Plan for employment of a LAAD unit in Defense of anAmphibious Ready Group.

Reguirement. While embarked aboard amphibious shipping. Conduct thefollowing.

(1) Assist in planning for Defense of the ARG operations to includethe following considerations:(al State command and control requirements (personnel, equipment,communications, facilities and procedures) .(b) State the location of the LAAD Commander.(c) State who has engagement authority.(d) Demonstrate proper safety procedures.(e) State the capabilities and limitations of the Stinger MissileSystem.(f) Participate in embarkation and debarkation.(2) This event shall be conducted in daylight first to ensure aRM isapplied. Once proficiency is demonstrated, this event will beconducted in hours of darkness or" reduced visibility.

Performance Standard. The student will plan for LAAD employmentin all areas of operation specifying the following:

(1) Engagement authority and areas of responsibility to controlfires.

" (2) Command and Control.(3) Logistics/CSS.(4) Intelligence.(5) Force protection.(6) Once the event is completed in hours of darkness, then the event

can be logged as complete.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2112, TLDR-2113, TLDR­2114, TLDR-2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208 andSLDR-2218.

Reference. MCa P1500.44C, MCWP 3-25.10, MCRP 3-25.10A, MCDP 6, andShip's Battle Plan.

SLDR-2227 4.0 B, R, E (365) L

Goal. Receive and extract pertinent information from an operationorder.

Enclosure (1) 3-70

Page 71: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Requirement. Per the references, receive a platoon five paragraphoperations order and extract the pertinent information, including:

(1) Enemy and friendly situation.(2) Mission.(3) Commander's intent.(4) Tasks.(5) Rules of Engagement.(6) Logistics plan.(7) Communication and Signal plan.

Performance Standard. With the aid of notes, the SLDR willaccurately recognize and record the pertinent information andrequirements of his mission.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR­2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208 and SLDR-2218.

Reference. FMFM 3-1, MCWP 3-25.10*, and MCRP 3-25.10.

SLDR-2228 4.0 B, R (365) L

Goal. Conduct LAAD employment planning.

Reguirement. Given a tactical scenario and an operations order,during a field exercise or in a classroom environment, consider andcomplete the following:

(1) Threat analysis.(2) Friendly situation.(3) Problem framing.(4) Friendly concept of operations.(5) Communications planning.

Performance Standard. Per the reference, the SLDR will completemission planning and be prepared to issue a five paragraphoperations order.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR­2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208, SLDR-2218, SLDR­2219, SLDR-2220, SLDR-2221, SLDR-2222, SLDR-2223, SLDR-2224, SLDR­2225, SLDR-2226, and SLDR-2227.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10 and MCRP 3-25.10A.

SLDR-2229 2.0 B, R (365) L

Goal. Issue a section five paragraph operations order.

Requirement. Extract and brief pertinent information from anoperation order to include but not limited to the following:

(1) Delivery:(a) Present information at a speed the Marines are able to

comprehend and take notes.(b) Allow for questions.(c) Ask questions at the completion of the order.(tI) Ful1uw LlJ~ OSHEAC [ULllldL.

3-71Enclosure (1)

Page 72: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A?? NOiT 11

(e) Complete task within 2 hours.(2) Preparation:

(a) Issue the Warning Order to Team Leaders.(b) Assign preparatory tasks to designated personnel.(c) Conduct detailed threat analysis and problem framing.

Performance Standard. Per the references, prepare and issue anoperations order to subordinate units.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR­2115, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2208, SLDR-2218, SLDR­2219, SLDR-2220, SLDR-2221, SLDR-2222, SLDR-2223, SLDR-2224, SLDR­2225, SLDR-2226, and SLDR-2227.

Reference. FMFM 3-1, MCWP 3-25.10*, and MCRP 3-25.10.

SLDR-2230 3.0 B, R (365) N/D L

Goal. Establish a Section Leader position.

Reguirement. Establish a SLDR position to include:

(1) Establish a Position.(2) Setup and Maintain Communication with higher HQ's and teams.

(a) VHF nets.(b) HF nets.(c) Ground System Awareness (GSA) (as applicable) .(d) IRC chat (as applicable).(e) TAC Chat (as applicable).

(3) Ingress/egress routes identified.(4) Required Status Boards per unit SOP(5) Map placed and marked.(6) Vehicle Cover and Concealment.(7) This event shall be conducted in daylight first to ensure ORM is

applied. Once proficiency is demonstrated, this event will beconducted in hours of darkness or reduced visibility.

Performance Standard. The Gunner's position will be constructed lAWthe references and local unit SOP. Once the event is completed inhours of darkness, then the event can be logged as complete.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2100, TLDR-2101, TLDR-2102, TLDR-2103, TLDR-2119,SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR-2204, SLDR-2205,SLDR-2206, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2209, SLDR-2213 and SLDR-2214.

Reference. TM 11133A-OR/A, MCWP 3-25.10*, and TM 11-5820-890-10-6,TM 10822A-10/1, applicable documents for GSA, mIRC, and TAC chat,and unit SOP(s).

SLDR-2231 9.0 B, R E (90) L

Goal. Construct and Administer Advanced Aircraft IdentificationTest.

Requirement. Without the aid of reference, and given a list of at100 combat aircraft consisting of combination of 50 U.S. aircraftand 50 foreign aircraft, the SLDR will correctly instruct andadminister student's aircraft identification test. The students

Enclosure (1) 3-72

Page 73: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Hov 11

will be given one, 5-second exposure, from the front, side or rearaspect of the aircraft with a 5 second interval between eachaircraft being presented.

Performance Standard. The performance is met after a LETI or WTIevaluates SLDR on his periods of instruction.

Note. All tests will be conducted using slides (Microsoft PowerPoint format

Prerequisite. AGNR-2003 and TLDR 2112.

ReTerence. AFTTP 3-1, FM 3-01.80,

SLDR-2232 4.0 B, R 1365 ) L

Goal. Conduct a detailed aircraft threat assessment.

Requirement. Per the reference, construct a detailed threatanalysis in the format listed below:

(1) Matrix format:(a) Name of aircraft.Ib) Types of aircraft.(c) Number and Locations.Id) Combat Radius.Ie) Night and inclement weather capability.If) Weapon capability.(2) The following will be provided:

(a) AFTTP 3-1.Ib) Threat country.

Performance Standard. Construct the aircraft threat assessment.

Prerequisite. TLDR-21l2 and SLDR-2231.

Reference. AFTTP 3-1.

SLDR-2233 2.0 B, R (90) L

Goal. Brief the aircraft capabilities and limitations.

Reguirement. Using theater specific aircraft, provide visual aidsand identify weapons and armament for 25 aircraft to include:

(1) Name of aircraft.(2) Types of aircraft.(3) Number and Locations.(4) Combat Radius.(5) Night and inclement weather capability.(6) Weapon capability.

Performance Standard. Accurately brief 25 aircraft capabilities andlimitations IAW the reference.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2112 ,SLDR-2231 and SLDR-2232.

Reference. At"l"l't' 3-1, FM 3-01. 80,

3-73 Enclosure (1)

Page 74: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A77 Nnv 11

SLDR-2234 2.0 B,R (* ) (1) GCU, GPU, THT L

Goal. Recharge the Stinger Tracking Head TrainerITHT).

Requirement. In a practical application environment, recharge theTHT by operating the GCU, or GPU per the procedures outlined in thereference.

Performance Standard. Per the reference, and given a GeO, or GPUTHT, recharge the THT with argon gas.

Prereguisite. None.

Reference. TM 9-1425-433-10.

SLDR-2235 1.0 B, R 1*) L

Goal. Control machine gun fires.

Requirement. Given a mission and a LAAD AMANPADS Section, conductthe following.

(1) Issue five paragraph order.(2) Ensure machineguD teams and weapons are positioned properly and

cover their assigned sectors of responsibility.(3) Maintain two way communications with each team and unit

commander.(4) Direct engagement of all enemy targets through fire commands and

signals.(5) Maintain constant awareness of ammunition supply.( 6) Terminate engagement.(7) Redistribute ammunition as needed.(8 ) Direct the displacement of the guns.

Performance Standard. The SLDR will direct fire by properlyplanning! briefing, and executing an operations order that willdefine the employment of ADMANPADS Section machineguns.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2016, AGNR-2017, AGNR-2018, AGNR-2019, AGNR­2020, AGNR-2021, AGNR-2022, AGNR-2023, AGNR-2024 , AGNR-2025, TLDR­2122 and TLDR-2123.

Reference. Applicable weapon TM, MCWP 3-11.2, and MCWP 3-15.1.

Ordnance(100) rounds A-131 linked 7. 62mm, and(100) rounds A-576 linked .50 cal.

External Syllabus Support. Medium machine-gun range capable ofsupporting mounted and dismounted firing of 7.62mm and .50 cal at1/5 scale aerial targets flying with varying profiles! andstationary ground targets that are setup at various ranges.

3.10.6 Platoon Sergeant (PSGT)

3.10.6.1 Purpose. The Platoon Sergeant ensures the LAAD gunner is trainedand capable of carrying out the orders of the Platoon Commander. He is

Enclosure (1) 3-74

Page 75: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57"A22 Nov 11

capable of performing all task required of the platoon commander in hisabsence as well as the section leader. He serves as the senior enlistedtechnical and tactical advisor as well as the logistical chief to the platooncommander.

3.10.6.2 General.

Prereauisite. CERT-6004.

Crew Requirements. Core proficient LAAD platoon.

Academic Trainina. Academic training will be conducted prior toand/or concurrent with required events. An academic event, once completed,can be credited as a prerequisite for follow-on training events.

Live and Simulator Event Traininq. 10 Events/31 Hours.

PSGT-2300 1.0 B, R (365) EKMS Ml'.TERIAL L

Goal. Handle EKMS keying materials/communications aids.

Requirement. Per the references, ensure your platoon has a completeand comprehensive understanding of the proper way to receive, store,transport, destroy, safeguard and complete required destructionrecords.

Performance Standard. The PSGT will ensure proper receipt, storage,transportation, safeguarding, destruction, and completion ofrequired destruction records.

Prereguisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-220l.

Reference. EKMS-l.

PSGT-230l 3.0 B, R (365) (2) DTD L

Goal. Supervise the Operation of cryptographic Data Transfer Device(DTD) .

Requirement.comprehensivecryptographic

Per the reference ensure your SLDR has a complete andunderstanding of the proper way to operate theDTD.

(l) Operate.(2) Store a key.(3) Transfer a key.(4) Delete a key.(5) Zeroize.

Performance Standard. Supervise the correct operation of the DTDconducting all steps noted above lAW the reference.

Prereguisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-220l and PSGT-2300.

Reference. TM 09766A-lO, TM ll-58l0-394-20&P, and Allied SignalUsers Manual ON477430 Rev E.

3-75Enclosure (1)

Page 76: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

PSGT-2302 6.0 B,R (365) (2)LAAD Organic VHF & (2)HF Radios L

Goal. Supervise the Communication of the LAAD Organic HFCommunication Equipment a SLDR position and a Platoon CommandersPosition.

Requirement. Per the reference, the PSGT will ensure the SLDR andplatoon commander have properly initialized, filled, setup andcommunicated with a distant station utilizing proper communicationsprocedures.

Performance Standard. Ensure that the SLDR and Platoon Commanderhas properly connected and filled the LAAD Organic HF radiocommunicated with another station.

Prerequisite. SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2206 and SLDR­2207.

Reference. TM 10822A-10/1, Allied Signal User Manual ON477430Rev E.

PSGT-2303 3.0 B, R (365) (1)MRC-148 L

Goal. Setup and operate the MRC-148.

Requirement. Per the references, perform site selection, emplace,and operate the MRC-148.

Performance Standard. With the guidance of a radio operator,emplace and conduct a radio check with another station.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2119, SLDR-2204 and SLDR-2206.

Reference. TM 10822A-10/1.

PSGT-2304 2.0 B, R (* ) L

Goal. Supervise establishment of communications in the· commandpost.

Requirement. Ensure the command post communication nets areestablished.(1) VHF nets.(2) HF nets.(3) Ground Situational Awareness (GSA) (as applicable).(4) Internet Relay Chat (IRC) (as applicable).(5) TAC Chat (as applicable).

Performance Standard.communication nets perfollowing:

The PSGT will establish command postthe unit SOP, considering at a minimum the

(1) Communications/command and control.(2) Cover and concealment/passive air defense measures.(3) Local security.(4) Safety requirements.(5) Accessibility.(6) Integration requirements.

Enclosure (1) 3-76

Page 77: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Prerequisite. TLDR-2100, TLDR-2101, TLDR-2102, TLDR-2103, TLDR­2105, TLDR-2106, SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2203, SLDR-2204 andSLDR-2205.

Reference. TM 11-5820-890-10-6, TM 10822A-10/1, applicabledocuments for GSA, mIRe, and TAe chat, and unit SOP(s).

PSGT-2305 4.0 B, R (* ) L

Goal. Develop and Implement a Unit Training Plan.

Requirement. Given appropriate Marine Corps orders, and currentreadiness information, develop and implement a unit training plan.

Performance Standard. The training plan will incorporate trainingevents that support the mission essential tasks listed in chapter 1of this Manual.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCa 3500.109, NAVMC3500.14B, MCRP 3-0A, and MCRP 3-0B.

PSGT-2306 1. 0 B, R (* ) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of the Air Tasking Order (ATO).

Requirement. Given the references demonstrate an understanding ofthe ATO, considering the following:

(1) Schedule of friendly aircraft.(2) Point of origin of friendly aircraft.

Performance Standard. The LAAD Platoon sergeant will extract thepertinent information from the ATO.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. FMFM 5-AA, FMFM 5-60, JPUB 3-56.1 and MCWP 3-2.

PSGT-2307 1. 0 B (*) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of the Air Control Plan (ACP).

Requirement. Given the references demonstrate an understanding ofthe ACP, including a description of procedures and systems thatprovide airspace control during the specified time period.

Performance Standard. The LAAD Platoon sergeant will extract thepertinent information from the ACP.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. FMFM 5-4A, FMFM 5-60, JPUB 3-56.1, and MCWP 3-2.

PSGT-2308 1.0 B ( *) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of the Air Control Order (ACO).

3-77 Enclosure (1)

Page 78: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Reguirement. Given the references demonstrate an understanding ofthe ACO.(1) Minimum Risk Routes IMRR).(2) Type of Weapons Engagement Zones IWEZ) to be employed:

la) Joint Engagement ZoneIb) Fighter Engagement Zone(c) Missile Engagement Zone

(3) Air routes/corridors.(4) Restricted Operating Zones.(5) Holding Areas.(6) Control Points.

Performance Standard. The LAAD Platoon sergeant will extract theper~inent information from the ACO.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. FMFM 5-4A, FMFM 5-60, JPUB 3-56.1, and MCWP 3-2.

PSGT-2309 10.0 B (*) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of tactical level logisticalplanning considerations.

Requirement. Demonstrate an understanding of tactical levellogistical planning considerations, at minimum to include:

(1) Classes of Supply.(2) Maintenance levels and echelons.(3) Transportation:

la) Movement Control Centers.Ib) Embarkation IMDSS II levels).Ic) Landing support.(d) Port and terminal operations.Ie) Motor transport.(f) Air delivery.(g) Freight/passenger Transportation.(h) MHE.

(4) General Engineering tasks:(5) Health Services - MAGTF capabilities.(6) Services:

la) Disbursing.(b) Postal.(el Exchange services.Id) Security support.Ie) Legal services.If) Civil affairs support.(g) Graves's registration.(h) Personnel administration services.(i) Religious ministry support.(j) Financial management.(k) Communications and information systems.(1) Billeting.1m) Messing.

(7) Maritime Preposition Force:(a) Survey! Liaison, Reconnaissance Party (SLRP).(b) Offload Preparation Party (OPP).Ie) Arrival and Assembly Operations Element (~~OE).

(8) Command and Control:la) Aviation Ground Support Operations Center IAGSOC).

Enclosure (1) 3-78

Page 79: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(b) Combat Service Support Operations Center (CSSOC).(c) Airfield Arrival Control Group/Departure Airfield Control

Group (AACG!DACG).

Performance Standard. Pass a written examination and practicalapplication with 80% accuracy.

Prerequisite. None.

Reference. MCWP 4-1 and MCWP 4-11.

3.10.7 Operations Chief (OPSC)

3.10.7.1 Purpose. The Operations Chief ensures the Battery/Battalion isready to accoffinllsh iLS assigned mission. He serves as the senior enlistedtechnical and tac~ical advisor as well as the logistic chief for the BatteryCommander.

3.10.7.2 General.

Prerequisite. CERT-6004.

Crew Requirements. Core skill proficient LAAD battery.

Academic Training. Academic training will be conducted prior toand/or concurrent with required events. An academic event, once completed,can be credited as a prerequisite for follow-on training events.

Live and Simulator Event Training. 3 Events/49 Hours.

OPSC 2400 24.0 B, R, E (540) L!S

Goal. Establish a Command Post.

Requirement. Given equipment and personnel required in unit SOP,establish a Battery or Battalion-size Command Post by conducting thefollowing:

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4 )

(5)

, .Iden~lfy a command post location that will facilitate command,control, and communications (C3).Pick a position that is covered and concealed rear of theforward friendly units.Identify alternate locations in the event the command post mustbe displaced rapidly.Organize personnel, equipment, and vehicles to operate andprovide security indefinitely on a round the clock basis.Organize/Operate the command post per prescribed procedurescontained in the unit SOP.

Perrormance Standard. The opse will establish a command post perthe unit SOP, considering at a minimum the following:

(1) Communications/command and control.(2) Cover and concealment/passive air defense measures.(3) Local security.(4) Safety requirements.(5) Accessibility.(6) Integration requirements.

3-79 Enclosure (1)

Page 80: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Prerequisite. AGNR-2000, AGNR-2002, AGNR-2004, TLDR-2100, TLDR­2101, TLDR-2103, TLDR-2106, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR-2205, SLDR­2209, SLDR-2214, PSGT-2300, PSGT-2301, PSGT-2302, PSGT-2303 andPSGT-2304.

Reference. FM 6-3 and MCWP 3-11.1.

OPSC 2401 24.0 B, R (540) Lis

Goal. Perform Watch Chief duties in the Combat Operations Center(COC) .

Requirement. Given an operational battalion coe scenario andprovided the required status boards, maps, overlays, and a unitjournal, perform the duties of a Watch Chief in a battery orbattalion-size command post, to include:

(1) Receive turnover from off going Watch Chiefs.(2) Supervise COC Watch Crews.(3) Obtain situation updates from Watch Personnel.(4) Obtain information from the appropriate subordinate and

supporting units.(5) Update status information.

Performance Standard. Correctly perform coe Watch Chief duties.

Prerequisite. TLDR-2104, TLDR-2113, TLDR-2114, TLDR-2115, TLDR­2125, SLDR-2210, SLDR-2211, SLDR-2212, SLDR-2213, SLDR-2214, SLDR~

2215, SLDR-2216, SLDR-2217, SLDR-2218, SLDR-2219, SLDR-2220, SLDR­2221, SLDR-2222, SLDR-2223, SLDR-2224, SLDR-2225, SLDR-2226, SLDR­2227, SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229, PSGT-2306, PSGT-2307, PSGT-2308, PSGT­2309 and OPSC-2400.

Reference. ATP-4(D) Allied Spotting Procedures for Naval GunfireSupport and FM 6-20-50.

OPSC-2402 1. 0 B (* ) ACADEMIC L

Goal. Demonstrate an understanding of TBMCS.

Requirement. Given the references demonstrate an understanding ofthe TBMCS, complete the following:

(1) Submit and track an Air Support Request (ASR) in WARP.(2) Submit and track a Joint Tactical Airstrike Request (JTAR) in

WARP.(3) Verify friendly aircraft schedule in ESTAT.(4) Verify the status of friendly assets in FSTAT.

Performance Standard. The LAAD officer will extract the pertinentinformation from the TBMCS.

Prerequisite. PSGT-2306, PSGT-2307 and PSGT-2308.

Reference. FMFM 5-4A, FMFM 5-60, JPUB 3-56.1, and MCWP 3-22.

External Support. Access to a functioning TBMCS server suite.

Enclosure (1) 3-80

Page 81: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3.11 MISSTON SKILL PROFICIENCY TR~INING (3000)

3.11.1 Purpose. To train LAAD Gunners on employing LAAD units whileexecuting the various mission sets required to fulfill the Mission EssentialTasks (METs) assigned to the LAAD Battalions. The Core Skills obtainedduring the SLDR, PSGT, and opse stage certifications will be applied in thefield environment! often while integrating with ~~ccs agencies or GeE units.LAAD Gunners who complete events will have demons~rated their leadershipability and proficiency in the TTPs related to the Ground Based Air Defenseand Air Base Ground Defense missions.

3.11.2 General

3.11.2.1 Prerequisite. Completion of certifications are not required tocomplete mission skill events, however each mission skill event has specificcore skill events listed as prerequisites.

3.11.2.2 Mission Skill Stages

PAR NO. STAGE N~E ABBREV

3.11.3 Ground Based Air Defense GBAD

3.11.4 Air Base Ground Defense ABGD

3.11.2.3 Administrative Notes

(1) All events will be evaluated by a designated LETI or WTI.(2) Completion of events will be documented in the IPR and will count

towards completion of qualification.

3.11.3 Ground Based Air Defense (GBAD)

3.11.3.1 Purpose.skills obtained infield environment.

3.11.3.2 General.

GBAD mission skill events allow the LAAD gunner to refinethe core skill stage and demonstrate proficiency in a

Prereguisite. CERT-6001 and CERT-6002 and specific Core Skillevents per mission skill event.

Crew Reguirements. Core skill proficient LAAD sections, platoonsand batteries, and LAAD CP personnel.

Academic Training. None.

Total Training Events: 14 Events/160 Hours.

GBAD-3000 12.0 B, R, E (365) Lis

Goal. Employ a LAAD Section in a Point Defense.

Reguirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, Plan for and execute the employmentof a LAAD section in a Point Defense.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).

3-81Enclosure (1)

Page 82: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE) .(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures(11) Logistics/Load Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management IORM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.

Performance Standard. The Section Leader will develop a plan thataddresses the considerations listed above and employ a LAAD sectionin a Point Defense.

Prereguisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR­2204, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2221, SLDR-2227, SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229 andSLDR-2230.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

GBAD-3001 12.0 B, R, E (365) LiS

Goal. Employ a LAAD Section as a Surveillance and Weapon GapFiller.

Reguirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, Plan for and execute the employmentof a LAAD section in a Surveillance and Weapon Gap Filler.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (aRM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.(16) Command Post Operations.

Enclosure II) 3-82

Page 83: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Performance Standard. The Section Leader will develop a plan thataddresses the considerations listed above and employ a Lk~D sectionas a Surveillance and Weapons Gap Filler.

Prerequisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR­2204, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2221, SLDR-2224, SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229 andSLDR-2230.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Suppo~t. Training area capable of suppor~ing largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control

GBAD-3002 12.0 B, R, E (365) L

Goal. Employ a LAAD Section in Defense of a Maneuver Unit.

Reguirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order! plan for and execute the employmentof a LAAD section in Defense of a Maneuver Unit by addressing thefollowing:

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (ORM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.(16) Command Post Operations.

Performance Standard. The Section Leader will develop a plan thataddresses the considerations listed above and employ a LAAD sectionin the Defense of a Maneuvering Unit.

Prerequisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR­2204, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2221, SLDR-2222, SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229 andSLDR-2230.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Supoort. Trainingnumbers oi tactical vehicles movingfrequencies to Command and Control.

3-83

area capable of supporting largein formations, and radio

Enclosure (1)

Page 84: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

GBAD-3003 12.0 B, R,. E (365) L/S

Goal. Employ a LAAD Section in Defense of a Convoy.

Requirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, plan for and execute the employmentof a LAAD section in the Defense of a Convoy.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Route.(5) Air Defense Control Measures.(6) Identification Criteria.(7) Sectors of Fire.(8) Rules of Engagement (ROE) .(9) Integration Plan.(10) Communications Plan.(11) Bump Plan.(12) Recovery Plan.(13) CASEVAC Procedures.(14) Logistics/Load Out Requirements.(15) Quick Reaction Force Procedures (QRF) .(16) Night Operations.(17) Operational Risk Management (ORM) .

Performance Standard.properly addresses thebeen assigned a convoyabove are addressed.

The Section Leader will develop a plan thatemployment of a LAAD section unit that hasoperation mission and ensuring that all items

Prerequisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR­2204, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2221, SLDR-2223, SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229 andSLDR-2230.

Reference. MCRP 4-11-3H and unit SOP's.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

GBAD-3004 8.0 B, R, E (365) L

Goal. Employ a LAAD Section in a Base Defense Zone

Requirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, plan for and execute the employmentof a LAAD section in a Base Defense Zone

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) L.~D section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.

Enclosure (1) 3-84

Page 85: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (ORM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.(16) Command Post Operations.(17) Airspace Coordination Measures.(18) BDZ Criteria

(a) Weapon System(b) Radar or reliable radar picture(c) C2 Agency (MP.TC)

(19) Airfield layout and procedures.

Performance Standard. The Section Leader will develop a plan thataddresses the considerations listed above and employ a LAAD sectionin a Base Defense Zone.

Prerequisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR­2204, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2221, SLDR-2225, SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229 andSLDR-2230.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10, lAW Unit SOP.

External Syllabus Support. Training Area capable of supportingvehicle movement and emplacement.

GBAD-3010 12.0 B, R, E (365) L/S

Goal. Assist in the Planning of and Employment of a LAAD Platoon ina Point Defense.

Requirement. Given the equipment, personnel required by the unitSOP, a scenario and operations order, assist in the planning of andexecution of a LAAD Platoon in a Point Defense.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) Lk~D section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (ORM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.

Performance Standard. The Platoon Sergeant will assist in thedevelopment of a plan that properly addresses the employment of aLAAD platoon that has been assigned a Point Defense mission andensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3000.

3-85Enclosure (1)

Page 86: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

GBAD-3011 12.0 B, R r E (365) L/S

Goal. Assist in the planning of and employment of a LAAD Platoon ina Surveillance and Weapon Gap Filler.

Requirement. Given the equipment and personnel required by the unitSOP t a scenario and operaLions order, assist in the Planning of andexecution of a LAAD Platoon as a Surveillance and Weapon Gap Filler.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (aRM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.(16) Command Post Operations.

Performance Standard. The Platoon Sergeant will assist in thedevelopment of a plan that properly addresses the employment of aLAAD platoon that has been assigned to Surveillance, Weapons and GapFiller ensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3001.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

GBAD-3012 12.0 B, R, E (365) L

Goal. Assist in the planning of and employment of a LAAD Platoon inDefense of a Maneuver Unit.

Requirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, assist in the Planning of andexecution of a LAAD Platoon in Defense of a Maneuver Unit byaddressing the following:

(1) Intelligence

Enclosure (1)

Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).

3-86

Page 87: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(2) Lk~D section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures(5) Identification Criteria(6) Sectors of Fire(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE)(8) Integration Plan(9) Communications Plan(10) CASEVAC Procedures(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements(12) Night Operations(13) Operational Risk Management (ORM)(14) Surveillance Plan(15) Command and Support Relationships(16) Command Post Operations

Performance Standard. The Platoon Sergeant will assist in thedevelopmpnt of A plan that properly addresses the employment of aLAAD platoon that has been assigned to the Defense of a Maneuveringunit and ensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prereguisite. GBAD-3002.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

GBAD-3013 12.0 B, R, E (365) LiS

Goal. Assist in the Planning and Employment of a LAAD Platoon inDefense of a Convoy.

Requirement. Given the equipment, personnel required by the unitSOP, a scenario and operations order, assist in the planning of andthe execution of a LAAD Platoon irr the Defense of a Convoy.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Route.(5) Air Defense Control Measures.(6) Identification Criteria.(7) Sectors of Fire.(8) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(9) Integration Plan.(10) Communications Plan.(11) Bump Plan.(12) Recovery Plan.(13) CASEVAC Procedures.(14) Logistics/Load-Ovt Requirements.(15) Quick Reaction Force Procedures (QRF).(16) Night Operations.(17) Operational Risk Management (ORM).

3-87 Enclosure (1)

Page 88: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Performance Standard. The Platoon Sergeant will assist in thedevelopment of a plan that properly addresses the employment of aLAAD platoon that has been assigned a convoy operation mission andensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3003.

Reference. MCRP 4-11-3H and unit SOP's.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supportinglarge numbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

GBAD-3014 8.0 B, R, E (365) L

Goal. Assist in the planning for and employ a LAAD Platoon in aBase Defense Zone.

Requirement. Given equipment t personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, plan for and execute the employmentof a Lk~D Platoon in a Base Defense Zone.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (ORM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.(16) Command Post Operations.(17) Airspace Coordination Measures.

Performance Standard. The Platoon Sergeant will assist in thedevelopment of a plan that properly addresses the employment of aLAAD platoon that has been assigned to a Base Defense Zone ensuringthat all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3004.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10, lAW Unit SOP.

External Syllabus Support. Training Area capable of supportingvehicle movement and emplacement.

GBAD-3020 12.0 B, R, E (365) L/S

Goal. Assist in the planning of and employment of a L~~D Battery ina Point Defense.

Enclosure (1) 3-88

Page 89: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Requirement. Given the equipment, personnel required by the unitSOP, a scenario and operations order, assist in the planning of andexecution of a LAAD Battery in a Point Defense.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air DBfense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (aRM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.

Performance Standard. The Battery Operations Chief will assist inthe development of a plan that properly addresses the employment ofa LAAD Battery that has been assigned a Point Defense mission andensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-30l0.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

GBAD-302l 12.0 B, R, E (365 ) L

Goal. Assist in the planning of and employment of a LAAD Battery asa Surveillance and Weapons Gap Filler.

Requirement.scenario andexecution of

Given equipment, personnel required by theoperations order, assist in the planning ofa LAAD Battery in a Surveillance and Weapon

unit SOP, aandGap Filler.

(1) Intellig~nce Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (ORM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) ConulLand and Support Relationships.

3-89Enclosure (1)

Page 90: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(16) Command Post Operations.

Performance Standard. The Battery Operations Chief will assist inthe development of a plan that properly addresses the employment ofa LAAD Battery that has been assigned to Surveillance and Weapon GapFiller ensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-30ll.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequenciesto Command and Control.

GBAD-3022 12.0 B, R, E (365) L/S

Goal. Assist in the planning of and employment of a LAAD Battery inDefense of a Maneuver Unit.

Requirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, assist in the planning of andexecution of a LAAD Battery in Defense of a Maneuver Unit byaddressing the following:

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) LAAD section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load-Out Requi~ements.

(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (aRM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.(16) Command Post Operations.

Performance Standard. The Battery Operations Chief will assist inthe development of a plan that properly addresses the employment ofa LAAD Battery that has been assigned to the Defense of aManeuvering unit and ensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-30l2.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125, FM24-18, FMF 3-1 and MCO 3500.27.

External Syllabus Support. Training area capable of supporting largenumbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations, and radiofrequencies to Command and Control.

Enclosure (1) 3-90

Page 91: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

GBAD-3023 12.0 B, R, E (365)

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

L

Goal. Assist in the Planning for and Employ a L.~D Battery in a BaseDefense Zone.

Requirement. Given equipment, personnel required by the unit SOP, ascenario and operations order, Plan for and execute the employmentof a L_~~D Battery in a Base Defense Zone.

(1) Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB).(2) Lk~D section Capabilities, Limitations and Requirements.(3) Air Defense Priorities.(4) Air Defense Control Measures.(5) Identification Criteria.(6) Sectors of Fire.(7) Rules of Engagement (ROE).(8) Integration Plan.(9) Communications Plan.(10) CASEVAC Procedures.(11) Logistics/Load Out Requirements.(12) Night Operations.(13) Operational Risk Management (ORM).(14) Surveillance Plan.(15) Command and Support Relationships.(16) Command Post Operations.(17) Airspace Coordination Measures.

Performance Standard. The Battery Operations Chief will assist inthe development of a plan that properly addresses the employment ofa LAAD Battery that has been "assigned to a Base Defense Zoneensuring that all items above are addressed.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3014.

Reference. MCRP 3-25.10, lAW Unit SOP.

External Syllabus Support. Training Area capable of supportingvehicle movement and emplacement.

3.11.4 Air Base Ground Defense (ABGD)

3.11.4.1 Purpose. ABGD mission skill events allow the LAAD officer to applycore skills to the second mission and demonstrate proficiency in a fieldenvironment.

3.11.4.2 General

Prereguisite. Event specific.

Crew Reguirements. Core skill proficient LAAD sections, platoonsand batteries, and LAAD CP personnel.

Academic Training. None.

Total Training Events. 5 Events/56 Hours.

3-91Enclosure (1)

Page 92: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

ABGD-3100 12.0 B,R,E (365)OUT L

(l)LAAD SECTION WITH COMPLETE TACTICAL LOAD

Goal. Employ of the LAAD section in mounted and dismountedpatrols.

Requirement. Given a tactical scenario, conduct mounted anddismounted patrols, while considering;

(1) Route reconnaissance.(2) Security.(3) Fire support planning and coordination.(4) Communications plan.(5) Immediate Action Drills (lOF, Direct Fire Ambush, lED, Sniper).(6) Supporting arms plan and coordination.(7) Coordination with adjacent units.

Performance Standard. The LAAD section shall conduct mounted anddismounted patrols.

Prerequisite. AGNR-2000, AGNR-2002, AGNR-2004, AGNR-2005, AGNR­2006, AGNR-2007, AGNR-2008, AGNR-2015, AGNR-2016, AGNR-2017, AGNR­2018, AGNR-2019, AGNR-2020, AGNR-2021, AGNR-2022, AGNR-2023, AGNR­2024, AGNR-2025, AGNR-2026, TLDR-2100, TLDR-2101, TLDR-2103, TLDR­2104, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2107, TLDR-2108, TLDR-2109, TLDR-2110, TLDR­2114, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, TLDR-2122, TLDR-2123, TLDR-2125, SLDR­2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2209, SLDR 2215, SLDR-2227,SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229, SLDR-2230 and SLDR-2235.

Reference. TTECG & MAWTS-1 Convoy Operations Battle Book March2005, MCWP 3-21.1, MCWP 3-17, MCRP 3-16C, MCRP 3-33.5, MCWP 3-34.1,MCWP 3-15.1, MCRP 3-41.1A, MCWP 3-11.2 and MCWP 3-11.3.

External Syllabus Support. Training Area capable of supportingvehicle movement and site emplacement.

ABGD-3101 12.0 B,R,E (365)OUT L

(l)LAAD SECTION WITH COMPLETE TACTICAL LOAD

Goal.' Establish and operating Entry Control Point/Vehicle ControlPoint.

Requirement. Given a tactical scenario! establish and operate EntryControl Point/Vehicle Control Point, while considering:

(1) Security from external threats.(2) Internal over watch/security.(3) Standoff distance from MSR.(4) Barrier plan/traffic control.(5) Vehicle search area.(6) Personnel search area.

Performance Standard. The LAAD section shall establish and operatean Entry Control Point/Vehicle Control Point,

Prerequisite. AGNR-2000, AGNR-2002, AGNR-2004, AGNR-2005, AGNR­2006, AGNR-2007, AGNR-2008, AGNR-2015, AGNR-2016, AGNR-2017, AGNR­2018, AGNR-2019, AGNR-2020, AGNR-2021, AGNR-2022, AGNR-2023, AGNR­2024, AGNR-2025, AGNR-2026, TLDR-2100, TLDR-2101, TLDR-2103, TLDR­2104, TLDR-2106, TLDR-2107, TLDR-2108, TLDR-2109, TLDR-2110, TLDR-

Enclosure (1) 3-92

Page 93: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

2114, TLDR-2116, TLDR-2117, TLDR-2122, TLDR-2123, TLDR-2125, SLDR­2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2209, SLDR 2215, SLDR-2227,SLDR-2228, SLDR-2229, SLDR-2230 and SLDR-2235.

Reference. TTECG & MAWTS-l Convoy Operations Battle Book March2005, MCWP 3-21.1, MCWP 3-17, MCRP 3-16C, MCRP 3-33.5, MCWP 3-34.1,MCWP 3-15.1, MCRP 3-41.1A, MCWP 3-11.2 and MCWP 3-11.3.

ABGD-3102 12.0 B,R,E (365) (l)L~~D SECTION WITH COMPLETE TACTICAL LOAD OUTL

Goal. Construction and employing the L~~D section as a QuickReaction Force (QRF).

Reauirement. Given a tactical scenario, employ section as a QuickReaction Force (QRF) , while considering:

(I) Patrol/Convoy basics.(2) Maintain situational awareness of battle space.(3) Establish prep1anned battle drills.(4) Coordinate with ECPs and other patrols/convoys within the unit

Area of Operations.(5) Receive mission updates on the move/enroute.(6) Preplan for Casevac.

Performance Standard. The LAAD platoon shall conduct QRFoperations.

Prerequisite. ABGD-3100.

Reference. TTECG & MAWTS-1 Convoy Operations Battle Book March2005, MCWP 3-21.1, MCWP 3-17, MCRP 3-16C, MCRP 3-33.5, MCWP 3-34.1,MCWP 3-15.1, MCRP 3-41.1A, MCWP 3-11.2 and MCWP 3-11.3.

ABGD-3103 12.0 B,R,E (365) (l)CP TENT, (l)CPOF COMPUTER, HF AND VHF RADIOS,(lIBFT L

Goal. Establish a Base Defense Operations Center (BDOC).

Requirement. Given a tactical scenario, area of operation, and allassociated equipment, establishes a BDOC, considering at a minimumthe following:

(1) Conduct site selection analysis.(2) Establish communication with higher headquarters and platoon

commanders.(3) Construct and update status board.(4) Update 1:50,000 and JOGAIR maps.(5) Cover and concealment/passive air defense measures.(6) Local security.(7) Integration with command and control agencies.

Performance Standard. The BDOC will be established and providecommand and control for the security force.

Prereguisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR2204, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2209, SLDR-2210, SLDR-2211, SLDR­2212, SLDR-2215, PSGT-2300, PSGT 2301, PSGT-2302, PSGT-2304, OPSC­2400 and OPSC-2401.

3-93Enclosure (1)

Page 94: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

Reference. TTECG & MAWTS-l Convoy Operations Battle Book March2005, MCWP 3-21.1, MCWP 3-17, MCRP 3-16C, MCRP 3-33.5, MCWP 3­34.1, MCWP 3-15.1, MCRP 3-41.1A, and MCWP 3-11.3.

ABGD-3104 8.0 B,R,E (365) (1) L~~D COMMAND POST L

Goal. Serve as a Watch Chief in a Base Defense Operations Center(BDOC) .

Requirement. Given a tactical scenario l area of operation, and allassociated equipment, serves as a watch officer in a BDOC duringground defense operations. The following will be considered:

(1) Maintain communication with command and control agencies.(2) Maintain situational awareness of the friendly and enemy

situation.(3) Assist the Commanding Officer in tactical decision making.(4) Manage information flow within the command post and between

higher headquarters, subordinate units and adjacent agencies.

Performance Standard. The LAAD senior enlisted will serve as awatch officer in a BDOC. At a minimum the requirements listed abovewill be considered.

Prerequisite. SLDR-2200, SLDR-2201, SLDR-2202, SLDR-2203, SLDR2204, SLDR-2205, SLDR-2207, SLDR-2209, SLDR-2210, SLDR-2211, SLDR­2212, SLDR-2215, PSGT-2300, PSGT 2301, PSGT-2302, PSGT-2304, OPSC­2400 and OPSC-2401.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10.

External Syllabus support. A training area capable of supportinglarge numbers of tactical vehicles moving in formations.

3.12 CORE SKILL PLUS REQUIREMENTS (4000)

3.12.1 Purpose. This phase contains events that have a low probability ofexecution or are theater specific. These events provides the requirementsfor LAAD units to advance proficiency beyond its' prim~ry':mission skill sets.

3.12.2 General

3.12.2.1 Prerequisite. Complete the Appropriate Core Skills Associated witheach Designated Billet.

3.12.2.2 Stages. The following stage is included in the Core Skill PlusPhase of training.

PAR NO. STAGE NAME ABBREV

3.12.3 Ground Based Air Defense GBAD

3.12.4 Command and Control Systems C2SYS

3.12.5 Formal Schools SCHL

3.12.2.3 Administrative Notes

(1) The Battalion's LETI and WTI personnel are the only Marinesallowed to evaluate the "E" coded events and the Battalion's Operations

Enclosure (1) 3-94

Page 95: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Chief/Officer will ultimately be responsible for the tracking and reportingof the Battalion's completion of the Core Skill Plus sets. The BatteryOperations Chief's will be responsible for the tracking of their individualBattery's completion of the Core Plus Skill sets. Reporting of the Battery'sstatus to the Battalion Operations Chief/Operations Officer will be done lAWUnit SOP.

(2) Even~s that are not refresher or certifica~ion can be evaluatedby LAAD personnel who are current in the event being taugh~.

3.12.3 Ground Based Air Defense IGBAD)

3.12.3.1 Purpose. To provide training standards for air defense missionsthat are theater specific of have a low probability of execution.

3.12.3.2 General

Pre-Requisites. Event specific.

Crew Reguirements. Event specific.

Academic Training. None.

Total Training Events. 1 Events/ 12 Hours.

GBAD-4000 12.0 B (* ) (1)L~~D SECTION WITH LOADOUT L

Goal. Employ a LAAD unit in defense of an Amphibious Ready GroupIA~).

Reguirement. While aboard ship or during an amphibious landing,employ a LAAD unit in defense of an ARG, considering the following:

(1) IPB (Responsiveness to the Threat) .(2) LAAD capabilities, limitations, and requirements.(3) Command/support relationships.(4) Air defense priorities.(5) Shipboard Bridge / Combat Information Center integration.(6) Air defense control measures.(7) ID Criteria.(8) Rules of engagement.(9) Surveillance plan.(12) Inter- and Intra-Ship Communications planning.(13) Shipboard ASP Procedures / Missile re-supply.(14) Logistics planning.(15) Helicopter borne operations Iwhere applicable) .(16) Night operations.(17). Amphibious operations (where applicable).(18) Operational risk management.(19) Split unit operations.

Performance Standard. The ARG will have been provided active airdefense by the LAAD unit and the student will plan for LAADemploymentin all areas of operation specifying the following:

(1) Engagement authority and areas of responsibility to controlfires.

(2) Command and Control.

3-95 Enclosure (1)

Page 96: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(3) Logistics/CSS.(4) Intelligence.(5) Force protection.(6) Once the event is completed in hours of darkness, then the event

can be logged as complete.

Prerequisites. CERT-6003.

Reference. MCWP 3-25.10, MCWP 3-25.11, MCRP 3-40.3C, ACP-125,FM 24-18, FMFM 3-1 and MCO 3500.27, MCO PI500.44C, MCWP 3-25.10,MCRP 3-25.10A, MCDP 6, and Ship's Battle Plan.

3.12.4 Command and Control Systems (C2SYS)

3.12.4.1 Purpose. To enhance the Lk~D Gunners knowledge of all relatedprograms that are utilized throughout the Marine Corps.

3.12.4.2 General.

Pre-Reguisites. None.

Admin Notes. Ensure appropriate personnel are certified inaccordance with the pre-requisites listed in the C3 catalog.

Crew Reguirements. None.

Academic Training. None.

Total Training Events. 4 Events/13 Hours.

T&R CODE EVENT DESCRIPTION POSITIONC2SYS-4921 Operate C2 Personal Computer (C2PC) SLDR,PSGT,OPSC

C2SYS-4922Demonstrate proficiency operating the TLDR,SLDR,PSGT,OPSCBlue Force Tracker (BFT)

C2SYS-4923 Operate Command Post of the Future (CPoF) PSGT,OPSC

C2SYS-4940Set up and establish communications TLDR,SLDR,PSGT,OPSCutilizing an IRC network

Instructor. BI, 51, WTI.

Reference. Manufacturers Operating Instruction, Technical Instructions andPublications.

3.12.5 Schools

3.12.5.1 Purpose. Provide information and T&R Event Codes for variousacademic schools available

3.12.5.2 General

Prerequisites. Each school has specific requirements.

Admin Notes. None.

Crew Requirements. None.

Academic Training. None.

Enclosure (1) 3-96

Page 97: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Total Training Events. 6 Events.

T&ECODE EVENT DESCEIPTION POSITION

SCHL 6005 LAAD Enhanced Training Instructor SLDR, PSGT, OPSCSCHL 6000 Weapons Tactical l.Dstructors Course PSGT, OPSCSCHL 6020 JT 101(CBT) SLDR, PSGT, OPSCSCHL 6021 Multi Advance Joini... Interoperability SLDR, PSGT, OPSC

CourseSCHL 6077 Anti-Terrorism Jidvance Course PSGT, OPSCSCHL 6023 Multi Tactical Data Link Planner Course I SLDR, PSGT, OPSC

3.13 INSTRUCTOR UNDER TRAINING (IUT) (5000)

3.13.1 Purpose. To provide position certified personnel the additionalskills necessary to instruct, evaluate and recommend for completion ofcertifications "trainees" within the unit. Upon completion of the requiredtraining, an individual may be considered for instructor designation by theCommanding Officer, WTTP Officer, or directed representative as delineated.

3.13.2 General

3.13.2.1 Administrative Notes

a. The MACeS instructor concept is a means to standardize allinstructors across the MACeS in regards to the concepts of managing a WTTP,properly conducting training, performing evaluations and recommendingtraining plans.

b. There are four instructor designations (listed below). Theintent is to train individuals with different levels and areas of experienceto in~truct personnel. Instructor experience is also gained whileprogressing through the different instructor designations.

(1) Basic Instructor (BI) - Section Leader and Above

(2) Senior Instructor (SI) - Platoon Sergeant and above.

(3) LAAD Enhancement Training Instructor (LETI) - Section Leaderand above.

(4) Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI) - Platoon Sergeants andabove.

c. The MAWTS-1 C3 Course catalog contains the training requirementsfor the above listed instructors. The catalog is located at the MAWTS-lwebsite, https://www.intranet.tecom.usmc.m11/sites/mawtsl/defauIt.aspx. Thetable below lists all IUT events.

d. Upon completion of WTI or LETI Course, the Gunner will beeligible for designation as a WTI or LETI at the discretion of the commandingofficer. Once designated, a letter designating the Gunner as a WTI or LETIshall be placed in the IPR along with any waivers, deferments orendorsements; tracking code will be logged as DESG-6322 for WTI and DESG-6323for LETI.

e. Prior to providing instruction on any event in this _syllabus,Gunners shall complete basic instructor training events IUT-500 through IUT-

3-97Enclosure (1)

Page 98: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

503. They shall also be proficient in those areas/events in which theyinstruct.

f. Instructor training will only be conducted by a designated LET Ior WTI.

g. Live and simulated training. 7 events! 14 hours.

T&R CODE EVENT DESCRIPTION POSITION

B"IUT-5000 INTRODUCE PRINCIPLES OF INSTRUCTION

BIIUT-50l0 UNDERSTANDING THE STRUCTURE OF AN EVENT

BIIUT-5020 CONDUCT A PERIOD OF INSTRUCTION ON A T&R EVENT

S"IUT-5l00 UNDERSTANDING THE AVIATION T&R PROGRAM

SIIUT-5ll0 UNDERSTANDING THE APPLICABLE COMMUNITY T&R PROGRAM

SIIUT-5l20 UNDERSTANDING T&R ADMINISTRATION

SIIUT-5130 DEVELOP A TRAINING PLAN

3.14 REQUIREMENTS, CERTIFICATIONS, QUALIFICATTONS AND DESIGNATIONS(6000)

3.14.1 Purpose. This phase contains certification, qualification anddesignation tracking codes designed to facilitate training management. Thislevel also provides community standardization for combat leadershipdesignation. .

3.14 . 2 General

(1) Once a LAAD Gunner has completed all requirements for acertification qualifications, or designation, the Battalion's WTr shallreview the IPR and staff the appropriate letter to the commander forapproval. Onc~ certified, the LAAD Gunner becomes eligible for theapplicable designation.

(2) Gunners do not receive the certification, qualifications ordesignation until the commander or designated representative has approved itin writing, corresponding tracking code is logged, signed letter is filed inthe IPR and all required administrative actions have been taken.

3.14.3 Certifications

3.14.3.1 Purpose. Track Gunner certifications.

3.14.3.2 General

3.14.3.2.1 Administrative Notes

(1) All syllabus training requirements for a certification must becompleted prior to being certified.

Enclosure (1) 3-98

Page 99: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

(2) In order for a certification to remain current, the Gunner shallmaintain proficiency in all core skills required for that certification toremain current.

(3) If proficiency is lost for one or more core skills, the Gunnershall regain proficiency by completing all R-coded events within each coreskill in which the proficiency was lost.

(4) Based on a Gunner's demonstrated maturity, knowledge and tacticalproficiency, if recommended by an S1, LETI, or WTI, ~he commanding officermay waive the time in billet prerequisite.

3.14.3.2.2 Gunner Certifications

(1) Assistant Gunner (AGNR)(2) Team Leader (TLDR)(3) Section Leader (SLDR)(4) Platoon Sergeant (PSGT)(5) LAAD Operations Chief (OPSC)

CERT-600l

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Assistant Gunner certification.

Requirement. Completion of the 2000 phase events listed in theIndividual CSP Attain Table for AGNR.

Prereauisite. Completion of the Basic LAAD Gunner's course.

CERT-6002

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Team Leader certification.

Requirement. Completion of the 2100 phase events listed in theIndividual CSP Attain Table for SLDR. The Battalion Commander willcertify the LAAD Team leader in writing and ensure the letter isfiled in the IPR after this code is logged.

Prerequisite. CERT-6001. A minimum of 6 months of service in an A­Gunners billet.

CERT-6003

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Section Leader certification.

Requirement. Completion of the 2200 phase events listed in theIndividual CSP Attain Table for Section Leader. The BattalionCommander will certify the LAAD Team Leader as a Lk~D Section Leaderin writing and ensure the letter is filed in the IPR after this codeis logged.

Prerequisite. CERT-6002. Minimum of 18 months of service as a TeamLeader.

CERT-6004

Goal. Tracking code for a Lk~D Platoon Sergeant certification.

3-99Enclosure (1)

Page 100: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Reguirement. Completion of the 2300 phase events listed in theIndividual CSP Attain Table for Platoon Sergeant. The BattalionCommander will certify the LAAD Platoon Sergeant in writing andensure the letter is filed in the IPR after this code is logged.

Prereauisite. CERT-6003. Minimum of 36 months as a section leader.

CERT-6005

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Battalion/Battery Operations Chiefcertification.

Requirement. Completion of the 2400 phase events listed in theIndividual CSP Attain Table for Battalion/Battery Operations Chief.The Battalion Commander will certify the LAAD Battalion/BatteryOperations Chief in writing and ensure the letter is filed in theIPR after this code is logged.

Prerequisite. CERT-6004.

3.14.4 Qualifications

3.14.4.1 Purpose. To track LAAD gunner qualification codes.

3.14.4.2 General

3.14.4.2.1 Administrative Notes

(1) All syllabus training events for a qualification must becompleted prior to being qualified.

(2) In order for a qualification to remain current, a LAAD gunnershall maintain proficiency in all required mission skills.

(3) Qualifications will remain effective for twelve months. Toregain or renew all events must be performed again within a twelve monthperiod.

3.14.4.2.2 Qualifications

(1) Section Leader in GBAD(2) Platoon Sergeant in GBAD(3) BN/BTRY Operations Chief in GBAD(4 ) Section Leader in ABGD(5) BN/BTRY Operations Chief in ABGD

QW\L-6200

Goal. Tracking code for Section Leader in GBAD.

Requirement. The LAAD Gunner will be qualified as a Lk~D SectionLeader upon completion of all mission skill events listed in theattain table in paragraph 3.5.3.d. The Battalion Commander willsign the qualification letter stating the individual is qualified asa Lk~D Section Leader in the GBAD mission.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3000, GBAD-3001, GBAD-3002, GBAD-3003 and GBAD­3004.

Enclosure (1) 3-100

Page 101: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

QUAL-6201

Goal. Tracking code for Platoon Sergeant in GBAD.

Reguirement. The LAAD Gunner will be qualified as a LAAD PlatoonSergeant upon completion of all mission skill events listed in theattain table in paragraph 3.5.3.6. The Battalion Commander willsign the qualification letter stating the individual is qualified asa LAP~D Platoon Sergeant in the GBAD mission.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3010, GBAD-3011, GBAD-3012, GBAD-3013 and GBAD­3014.

QUAL-6202

Goal. Tracking code for Operations Chief in GBAD.

Reguirement. The L&~D Gunner will be qualified as a LAAD OperationsChief upon completion of all mission skill events listed in theattain table in paragraph 3.5.3.6. The Battalion Commander willsign the qualification letter stating the individual is qualified asa LAAD BN!BTRY Operations Chief in the GBAD mission.

Prerequisite. GBAD-3020, GBAD-3021, GBAD-3022 and GBAD-3023.

QUAL-6210

Goal. Tracking code for Section Leader in ABGD.

Requirement. The LAAD Gunner will be qualified as a LAAD SectionLeader upon completion of all mission skill events listed in theattain table in paragraph 3.5.3.d. The Battalion Commander willsign the qualification letter stating the individual is qualified asa LAAD Section Leader in the ABGD mission.

Prerequisite. ABGD-3100, ABGD-3101 and ABGD-3102.

QUAL-621'

Goal. Tracking code for Operations Chief in ABGD.

Requirement. The LAAD Gunner will be qualified as a LAAD Operationschief upon completion of all mission skill events listed in theattain table in paragraph 3.5.3.d. The Battalion Commander willsign the qualification letter stating the individual is qualified asa LA~D BN!BTRY Operations Chief in the ABGD mission.

Prerequisite. ABGD-3103 and ABGD-3104.

3.14.5 Designations

3.14.5.1 Purpose. To track the designation of combat leaders, Gunner billetholders and LAAD instructors. All syllabus training requirements for aspecific designation must be complete prior to being designated. Trainingmanagement personnel shall log final designation codes once designated by thecommanding officer or direct representative.

3.14.5.2 General

3-101Enclosure (1)

Page 102: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3.14.5.2.1 Administrative Notes. A commanding officer may grant adesignation to a LAAD Gunner when the Gunner completes all trainingrequirements for that designation. The designation is effective when thesquadron WTI reviews the IPR and staffs the designation letter, the commandersigns the letter, the appropriate designation code is logged, and alladministration is complete.

3.14.5.2.2 LAAD Gunner Designations

(1) Assistant Gunner (AGNR)(2) Team Leader (TLDR)(3) Section Leader (SLDR)(4) Platoon Sergeant (PSGT)(5) Operations Chief (OpSe)(6) LAAD Enhanced Training Instructor (LETI)(7) Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI)(8) Basic Instructor (BI)(9) Senior Instructor (SI)

DESG-6ll0

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Assistant Gunner designation.

Requirement. After recommendation by an 81 or WTI, the BattalionCommander will designate theLAAD Gunner as an Assistant Gunner inwriting and ensure the letter is filed in the IPR after this code islogged.

Prereguisite. Completion of Core Skill Introduction Training Phase.

DESG-6lll

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Team Leader designation.

Requirement. After recommendation by an S1 or WTI, the BattalionCommander will designate the LAAD Gunner as Team Leader in writingand ensure the letter is filed in the IPR after this code is logged.

Prerequisite. CERT-600l.

DESG-6ll2

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Section Leader designation.

Requirement. After recommendation by an SI or WTI, the BattalionCommander will designate the LAAD Gunner as a Section Leader inwriting and ensure the letter is filed in the IPR after this code islogged.

Prerequisite. CERT-6002.

DESG-6ll3

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Platoon Sergeant designation.

Requirement. After recommendation by an SI or WTI, the BattalionCommander will designate the LAAD Gunner as a Platoon Sergeant in

Enclosure (1) 3-102

Page 103: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

writing and ensure the letter is filed in the IPR after this code islogged.

Prerequisite. CERT-6003.

DESG-6ll4

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Operations Chief designation.

Reguirement. After recommendation by an 51 or WTI, the BattalionCommander will designate the La~D Gunner as an Operations Chief inwriting and ensure the letter is filed in the IPR after this code islogged.

Prereauislte. CERT-6004.

DESG-63l9

Goal. Tracking code for a LAAD Enhancement Training Instructordesignation.

Requirement. Be certified by MAWTS-l as a LETI.

Prereguisite. Per MAWTS-l LETI course syllabus requirements.

DESG-6322

Goal. Tracking Code for WTI designation.

Requirement. Be certified by MAWTS-l as a WTI. Upon graduationfrom the Weapons and Tactics Instructor Course, MCAS Yuma, AZ;graduates shall be designated a 7277 (Command, Control, andCommunications WT1) .

Prerequisite. Per MAWTS-l WT1 course syllabus requirements.

DESG-6320

Goal. Teaching Code for B1 Designation

Requirements. Complete BI Syllabus and Cert-6003

Prerequisite. CERT-6003, IUT-5000, IUT-SOIO and IUT-5020.

DESG-632l

Goal. Teaching Code for 81 Designation

Requirements. Complete sr Syllabus, Cert-6004 and complete MAWTS-lLET I Course

Prerequisite. CERT-6004, rUT-5l00, rUT-5ll0 and IUT-5l20,IUT-5l30 and SCHL-6005.

3.15 AVIATION CAREER PROGRESS TON MODEL (ACPM) (8000)

3-103Enclosure (1)

Page 104: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

-_.__. -I ••.•.• ACAD TO BE COMPLETED

STAGE TRNG CODE T&R DESCRIPTION TIME DURING

ACPM 8000 MAces I •• 1 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8001 MARINE AIR COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM ••• 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8002 TACTICAL AIR COMMAND CENTER (TACe) 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8003 DIRECT AIR SUPPORT CENTER (DASC) 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8004 TACTICAL AIR OPERATIONS CENTER (TADe) 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8005 MARINE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL (MATe) 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8006 LOW ALTITUDE AIR DEFENSE (LAAD) 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8007 DAS SUPPORT TO THE MAGTF ••• 4 3000 PHASE

ACPH 8008 MARINE rlING COMMUNICATION SQUADRON (MWCS) 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8020 ACE 1 3000 PHASE

ACPM· 8021 AVIATION OPERATIONS••••

4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8022 CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT AND MISSILES.

4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8023 OFFENSIVE AIR SUPPORT (DAS) I. 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8024 ASSAULT SUPPORT I· •.. 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8025 AIR RECONNAISSANCE ••• 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8026 ELECTRONIC WARFARE •• 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8027 ANTI-AIR WARFARE li·u 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8028 AVIATION GROUND SUPPORT IU 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8040 THREAT um· 1 2000 PHASE

ACPM 8041 SURFACE TO AIR THREAT TO THE MAGTF Ii 4 2000 PHASE

ACPM 8042 FIXED WING THREAT TO THE MAGTF Iii· 4 2000 PHASE

8043 THREAT TO THE MAGTFH·

4 2000ACPM ROTARY WING PHASE

ACPM 8044 MISSILE AND UAS THREAT TO THE MAGTF Iii 4 2000 PHASE

ACPM 8045 RADIO ELECTRONIC COMBAT THREAT TO THE MAGTF p •.4 2000 PHASE

ACPM 8060 MAGTF • 1 3000 PHASE

~YM 8061 GROUND COMBAT OPERATIONS 1<·· 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8062 FIRE SUPPORT COORDINATION IN THE GCE • i·.> 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8063 MAGTF COMMAND AND CONTROL I.· 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8064 MAGTF COMMUNICATIONS ;u. 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8065 PHASING CONTROL ASHORE 1m 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8080 JOINT AIR OPERATIONS I; 1 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8081 COMMAND AND CONTROL OF JOINT AIR OPERATIONS;

4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8082 THEATER AIR CROUND SYSTEM (TAGS) 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8083 JOINT FIRE SUPPORT....

4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8084 CLOSE AIR SUPPORT 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8085 JOINT TARGETING 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8086 NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION (NATO) •••• 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8087 JOINT AIRSPACE CONTROL I> ••.• 4 3000 PHASE

ACPM 8088 COUNTERING AIR AND MISSILE THREATS 4 3000 PHASE

••••••• ~n~"'T. "t'.l'MS~AGE:i; ·..·.·U i; ; ......39 141

Enclosure (1) 3-104

Page 105: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

3.16 T&R ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN TABLE

NAVMC 3500. 57!'.22 Nov 11

LAAD 7212 ENLISTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS ATIAIN AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKill (2000 Phase)

BASIC POI REFRESHER POIMAINTAIN

T&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PREREQS CHAININGT&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

Setup and Operate anLAAD Organic VHF 2000R 365 2000R 2000R 2000R - -Communications

Demonstrate ProperAuthentication and

2001 • 2001Encryption Communication

- -

Procedures

2002 • 2002 AGNR 2000, AGNR 2001AGNR 2000. AGNR

Send and Receive Reports 2001

Aircraft Identification 2003R 90 2003R 2003R 2003R - -

State Map Information and 2004 • 2004 -Perform Man Skills

Conduct Day Navigation2005R 365 '2005R 2005R 2005R AGNR 2004 AGNR 2004

with a Compass

Conduct Day Navigation.

2006R 365 2006R 2006R 2006R AGNR 2004 AGNR 2004with a Military GPS

Conduct Night Navigation"2007-"

AGNR 2004, AGNR lOOS, AGNR 2004, AGNRwith a Compass and 2007R 365 ;2007R. 2007R

AGNR 2006 2005, AGNR 2006Military GPS . , .

Conduct Tactical Team 2008R 365 2008R 2008R 2008R - -Load Out

Prepare a Range Card i2009R 365 2009R 2009R 2009R -

Apply Air Defense ControlAGNR 2010 • AGNR 2010 AGNR AGNR - -

Measures

2011 • 2011 - -Operate Stinger Night Sight

2012R 30.0 2012R 2012R i2012R AGNR 2003, 2010, 2011AGNR 2003, 2010,

Engage Aircraft in the IMTS 2011

Engage Aircraft Employing I i IJ,.Infrared Counter Measure 1201~~ 30.0 11013R 20l3R

12013R.

AGNR 2003, 2010, 2011, AGNR 2003, 2010,

in Different Simulated I. 2012 2011,2012

Environments I. > J(>' ,.

Fire the Stinger Launch ~ 1095 1<~4R 20l4R 12014R AGNR-2012 AGNR-2012Simulators(STLS)

Conduct immediate actionAGNR~2003, 2010, 2011, AGNR-2003, 2010,

and quick reaction drills 20il.5R 180 2015R 2015R '2015R2012,2013 2011, 2012, 2013

w/advance manpad .

Operate Night Vision 20l6R 365 2016R 2016R 2016R - -Devices While ConductingTactical Vehical Operations

Assemble and Mount the 2017R 365 2017R ,2017R 2017R - -M2 .sO Cal HMG at Night

Perform Immediate andremedial Action for the M2 2018R 365 20l8R 20l8R 2al8R AGNR 2017 AGNR 2017

.50 Cal HMG

3-105 Enclosure (1)

Page 106: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3-106Enclosure (1)

..... ,., ..~..LAAD 7212 ENliSTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN "MATRIX

CORE SKILL(2000 Phase)

BASIC POI REFRESHER POIMAINTAIN

T&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PREREQS CHAINING

T&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

Engage Targets with Ml 2D19R 365 :lOi9R 2019R ,2D19R AGNR 2017, AGNR 2018AGNR Z017, AGNR

.sO Cal HMG 2018

Mount a Limited VisibilitySight on M2 .50 Cal At 2D20R 365 2020R 2020R '2020R AGNR 2017 AGNR 2017

Night

Assemble and Mount the 2021R 365 2D21R :2021R 2021R - -M240 MMG At Night

Perform Immediate and ••

remedial Action for the 2D22R 365 2022R 2022R 2DnR AGNR 2021 AGNR 2021

M240 MMG At Night

i02ZR 365 o.02~R '2023R AGNR lOll, AGNR 2022AGNR 2021, AGNR

Engage Targets with M240 .L"Lon2022

Mount a Limited Visibility,..

f()24R,(,,.,..,~~ i024R'2024R 365 AGNR 2021 AGNR 2021

Sight on M240 At Night ~v.'·

Advanced Engagements Of c'•••••

AGNR 2016, 2017,

••••AGNR 2016, 2017, 2018,

Air and Ground Targets WI12%~R,i

730 on"o 2R~5~ ii29(t1~ii 2019,2020,2021, 2022,2018,2019,2020,

240 MMG and M2 .so Cal .< 2021, 2022, 2023,i, 2023,2024HMG 2024

MCI Course Single channel•Ground Airborne 2026 2026 - .

System(SINCGARS)

Set-up, Operate, and 1'1~]]Rii ii;'h~o ""~ i:W,riri~365 2io~R AGNR-2000 AGNR-2000Troubleshoot LAAD organic iiii /}VHF Communications ,<

Set-up Organic VHF

lii~~~i~iiil li~ili~}l~·i .·,/iBTLDR.2100Communications For 365

iW

1

O,Hilli

TLDR-2100

Secured Transmissions

Demostrate Proper•Authentication and 2102 2102 AGNR-2001 AGNR-2001

Encryption

Send and Receive ReportsOrganic to a LAAD 2103 • 2103 AGNR-2002 AGNR-2002

Battalion

Call For and Adjust Fire"i"'.?·

365 ....;c IL.. ~·;~i '0;,,2; AGNR-2000, 2004, TLDR- AGNR-2000, 2004,.', ... 1·•• -..>•••• ...~i/i

" i'.' 2101,2103 TLDR-2101, 2103TLDR TLDR TLDR TLDR

Construct a VHF Field2105 • 2105

AGNR-2000, TLDR-2100, AGNR-2000, TLDR-Expediant Antenna 2101 2100,2101

Identify Operational 2106 • 2106 AGNR-2004 AGNR-2004Terms and Graphics

Conduct Day Navigation • 2107R...

2107R 365 [.2107B 21UIK AGNR-200S AGNR-200Swith Compass

Conduct Day Navigation 2108R 365 2108R 210SRi 1'000 AGNR-2006 AGNR-2006with a GPS

Conduct Night Navigation 2109R 365 2109R 2109R 2109RAGNR-2007, TLDR-2107, AGNR-2007, TLDR-

with a Compass and a GPS 2108 2107,2108

Conduct Mounted I 2110R [mDRNavigation with a GPS

365 ;21'lOR 2110R TLDR-2108 TLDR-2108

Identify Capabilities and•Characteristics of the 2111 2111 AGNR-2011 AGNR-2011

Stinger Night Sight _..-

Page 107: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

lAAD 7212 ENLISTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKILL (2000 Phase)

REFRESHERPOIMAINTAIN

BASJC POIPROFICIENCYT&R EVENT INFORMATION PREREQS CHAINING

T&R·DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

Advanced Aircraft 2112R 90 2112R 2112R 2112R AGNR-2003 AGNR-2003Identification

Apply Air Defense Control 2113R 365 2113R 2113R 2113R AGNR-2010 AGNR-2010Measures

Define the Use of Rules of 2114R 365 2114R 2114R 2114R AGNR-2010. TLDR-2113AGNR-2010, TLDR-

Engagement (ROE) 2113

Identify Manual Cross-Tell211SR 2115Rand Polor Grid Target 2115R 365 2115R - -

Information

2116 • 2116 AGNR-2004, TlDR-2106AGNR-2004, TLDR-

Prepare a Terrain Model 2106

Extract Pertinant AGNR-2010, TLDR-2113, AGNR-2010, TLDR~Information From an 211.7R 365 2117R 2117R 2117R

2114 2113,2114Operation Order ••••-c-Identify Basic Convoy

•Structure for Air Defense 2118 2118 -Operations

.... AGNR-2002,2004,

, I..,. AGNR-2002, 2004. 2005. 2005.2006.2007,

2119R 365 2119R 2119R 1 2119R2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2008,2009,2010,2010, 2015, TLDR-2100, 2015, TLDR-2100,, 2101,2103,2105,2106 2101,2103,2105,

Emplace the A-MANPAD > 2106, , 0'

Demonstrate Emergency2120RDestruction of LAAD 2120R 365 2120R 2120R - -

Equipment ..

."> I ,liitlR!

....AGNR-2003, 2010. 2012•

AGNR-2003.201O,Direct Engagement in the

1 2121R' 60 2121R . 2121~ 2013, TLDR-2112, 2113,2012.2013. TLDR-

IMTS ,.,.. ,.,.2114.2115

2112,2113,2114,2115

2122 • 2122 AGNR-202s, TLDR-2114AGNR-2025, TLDR-

Execute Fire Commands 2114

... AGNR-2017, 2018, 2019,AGNR-2017,·2018,

Engage Air and Ground2123R 730 2123R 1213~R 1 2123R 2020,2021,2022.2023.

2019,2020, 2021,Targets Using the M2 .50

2024,20252022,2023, 2024,

Cal and M240 2025

Engage an Air Target with a 1095 2124R 2 1f4R11 1 2124R AGNR-2012. 2013, 2014AGNR-2012,2013,

live Stinger Missile -c.·.· 2014,.,., ...

Supervise Immediate2125R 212SR I 2125R 1>2125R

ANGR-201s, 2025, TLDR- ANGR-201s, 2025,Action and Quick Reaction 730

2121.2122 TLDR-2121,2122Drills with the A-MANPADS

Properly handle EKMS 2200R 365 2200R 2200R 2200R TLDR- 2101 TLDR- 2101software

Operate Crypto-Graphic 2201R 365 2201R 22018 2201R TLDR~ 2101, SLDR-2200TLDR- 2101, SLDR-

Data Transfer Device 2200

Operate LAAD Organic VHF 2202R 365 2202R 2202R. 2202R TLDR-2100, 2105 TLDR-2100, 2105Antenna SLDR SLDR SLDR SLDR

Operate LAAD Organic HF 2203R 365 2203R 2203R 2203R SLDR-2200.2201 SLDR-2200, 2201Communication

MCI 2s1sH AntennaConstruction and 2204 • 2204

Progation of Radio Waves -

3-107 Enclosure (1)

Page 108: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

LAAD 7212ENUSTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKILL (2DOO Phase)

BASIC POI REFRESHER POIMAINTAIN

T&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PREREQS CHAINING

T&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

Construct a High..

TLOR-liDS, SLDR-2203, TLDR-210S, SLDR~Frequency (HF) Field 2205R 36S 220SR 220SR 220SR 2204 2203,2204Expediant Antenna

Mel 2526B Introduction to 2206 • 2205Electronic Warfare . -

Mel 2540 Communications 2207 • 2207

Plans and Orders - -

2208R 35S 2208R 2208R 2208R SLDR 2200, SLDR 2201SLDR 2200, SLDR

Program the IFF Belt Pack 2201

Plot and construct 2209 • 2209 AGNR~2004,TLDR-2106AGNR-2004, TLDR-

operational graphics 2106

Demonstrate anunderstanding of the 2210 • 2210

Marine Aviation Wing - .

list the Units and theirAgencies within a Marine 2211 • 2211 2210 -Air Control Group (MACG)

Demonstrate an 2212 • 2212Understanding of the GeE - -Understanding OPTASlINK 2213 • 2213 - -

Construct a Cartesian,.,./,

;b" ••'/ 10,··"·"· AGNR-2004, TLDR-

Coordinate Reference i2~14R 36S AGNR-2004, ,TLDR-2106, 2105, 211S, SLDR-Point /

..._~.i-~:·i 2115, SLDR-2209, 2213 2209,2213

Define and Apply Rules of13~]~~ S40 1~]SR;1 ",,-". I 2215n AGNR-2010, TLDR~2114

AGNR~2010, TLDR-

Engagement ".,/ 2114

List and Define theDetermining Factors for 2216 • 2215 - -Establishing Air DefencePriorites

List and Define the Air .... .i 'iii; Ii i,lii,i.Defense Weapons i','17. 36S ",,;.'

,zWmm2h"~n - -

Emploment Guidelines and '·i"··i: ii:1'1Principles

Apply Employment 2218R • 2218RGuidelines and Principles SLDR-2215, 2217 SLDR-2216, 2217

~zl~~1 'il /i AGNR-2004, TLDR-

2219R 12219~AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2106,2113,2114,

Plan for employment of a 36S2Z19i";1

2113,2114,2115,2116, 2115,2116,2117,LAAD Section In a Direct /. ·Iili 11/,

2117, SLDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207.2208,Support Role 2218 2218

......, >. I .':. AGNR-2004, TLDR-

2220RAGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2106,2113,2114,

Plan for employment of a 2220R 36S 22Z0R I 2220R 2113,2114,2115,211~ 2115,2116,2117,LAAD Section In a General ", ...,. 2117, 5LDR~2207, 2208, SLDR-2207, 2208,Support Role '·.'i' ... , .. 2218 2218

AGNR-2004, TLDR-AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2106, 2113, 2114,

Plan for employment of a 2221 • 2221 2113,2114,2115,211~ 211S, 2116, 2117,LAAD section in Point 2117, SLDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207,2208,Defense 2218 2218

Enclosure (1) 3-108

Page 109: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

.LAAD 7212 ENLISTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS AlTA1N AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKilL (2000 Phase)

BASIC POI REFRESHER POIMAINTAIN

T&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PREREQS CHAINING

T&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

AGNR-2004, TLDR-AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2106,2113, 2114,

Plan for employment of a 2222 • 2222 2113, 2114, 2115, 2116, 2115, 2116, 2117,LAAD section in a defense 2117, SLDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207,2208,of a manuever unit 2218 2218

AGNR-2004, TLDR-AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2106, 2110, 2113,

Plan for employment of a 2223 • 2223 2110, 2113, 2114, 2115, 2114, 2115, 2116,LAAD Section In defense of 2116, 2117, SLDR-2207, 2117, SLDR·2207,

a Convoy 2208,2218 2208,2218AGNR-2004, TLDR-

Plan for employment of a AGNR-1004, TLDR-2106, 2106, 2113, 2114,LAAD section in 2224 • 2224 2113, 2114, 2115, 2116, 2115,2116,2117,surveillance and weapon 2117, SlDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207.2208,

gap filler 2218 2218

AGNR-2004, TlDR-AGNR-2004, TlDR-2106, 2106, 2112, 2113,

Plan for employment of a 2225 • 2225 2112, 2113, 2114, 2115, 2114, 211S, 2116,

LAAD section in a Base 2116, 2117,SlDR-2207, 2117, SLDR-2207.Defense Zone (BDZ) 2208,2218 2208,2218

AGNR-2004, TlDR-AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2106,2112.2113,

Plan for employment of a 2226 • 2226 2112, 2113, 2114, 2115, 2114, 2115, 2116,

LAAD unit in Defense of an 2116,2117,SLDR-2207, 2117,SlDR-2207,

Amphibious Ready Group 2208,2218 2208,2218

, AGNR-2004, TLDR·

!Z227R1

2227R

AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2106,2113, 2114,

Receive and Extract :2227R 365 2227R 2113,2114, 2115, 2116, 2115,2116,2117,

Pertinent Information from LI··'·'>

2117, SLDR-2207. 2208. SLDR-2207,2208,

an Operations Order 2218 2218

I<t,' ,. AGNR-2004. TLDR·2106.2113,2114,

,i '.." < AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106, 2115,2116,2117,

,2228R 36S 2228R 2228R 2228R2113, 2114, 2115, 2116, SLDR-2207,2208,

2117, SLDR-2207, 2208, 2218,2219.2220,2218.2219.2220,222~ 2221, 2222, 2223,

Conduct LAAD ,,' L> 'L2222, 2223, 2224, 222S, 2224, 2225. 2226.

Employment Planning I, >". 2226,2227 2227

'".".'.., AGNR-2004, TLDR-, 2106, 2113, 2114,>

1,<>12229~AGNR-2004, TlDR-2106, 211S, 2116. 2117,

22~R 36S I 2229R ,2229R2113,2114, 2115, 2116, SLDR-2207,2208,2117, SLDR-2207, 2208, 2218,2219.2220,

'... "

2218,2219,2220,222~ 2221, 2222, 2223,

Issue a section five ",. ,,' 2222, 2223, 2224, 2225, 2224,2225, 2226,

paragraph Operation Order 2226,2227 2227

TlDR-2100, 2101,

TLOR-2100. 2101, 2102. 2102,2103, 2119,

2230R 365 2230R 2230R 2230R2103, 2119, SlDR-2200, SlDR-2200, 2201,

2201.2202.2203.2204. 2202, 2203, 2204,

Establish a Section Leader 220S, 2206. 2207, 2209, 2205,2206,2207.Position 2213,2214 2209,2213,2214

Construct and AdministerAdvanced Aircraft 2231R 90 2231R 2231R 2231R AGNR-2003,TLDR

Identification Test AGNR-2003,TLDR 2112 2112

Conduct a Detailed Aircraft 2232R 36S 2232R 2232R 2232R TLDR-2112, SLDR-Threat Assesment TLDR-2112, SLDR-2231 2231

3-109Enclosure (1)

Page 110: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

LAAD 7212 ENLISTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKILL (2000 Phase)

BASIC POI REFRESHER POIMAINTAIN

T&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PRERECl.S CHAINING

T&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

Brief Aircraft Capabilites I TLDR-Z112,SLDR-2231, TLDR-2112,SLDR-2233R 9D 2233R 2233R 2233Rand Limitations 2232 2231,2232

Recharge the THT 2234 • 2234 -AGNR-2016, 201?,

AGNR-2016, 2017, 2018, 2018,2019,2020,223S • 223S 2019,2020,2021,202~ 2021,2022,2023,

2023, 2024, 2025, TLDR- 2024,2025, TLDR-Control Machine Gun Fires 2122,2123 2122,2123

Handle eMS Keying .

Material/Communications 2300R 36S 230DR 2300R 2300R SLDR 2200, 2201 SLDR 2200, 2201

Aids ... ... .

Supervise Crypto Graphic '2301R liS01R} l.t3D1R 2301~ SLDR-2200, 2201, PSGT- SLDR·2200, 2201,36SData Transfer Device 2300 PSGT-2300

...... ..... ......Supervise the 1

Communications of the •••••••

LAAD Organic HF -_..36S

12303~ii10'''0

T2

iRj

Communications

T-i- ..: I:::Equipment in a Sectionleader/ Platoon SLDR~2202, 2203, 2205, SLDR-2202,2203,Commander Position n06,n07 2205,2206,2207

Set~up and Operate The J .• ' .. 'J1~303Ri 1'230~~i TLDR~2119,SLDR~2204, TLDR-2119, SLDR-365

MRC-148 .....'. I".,;~?\ 2206 2204,2206

TLDR-2100, 2101,

PSGT PSGT PSGT PSGTTLDR-2100, 2101, 2102, 2102, 2103, 2105,

Supervise Establishment of 2304 • 2304 2103,2105, 2106,SLDR- 2106, SLDR-22DD,

Communications In the 2200,2201,2203,2204, 2201,2203,2204,Command Post nos 220S

Develop and Implement 2305 • 2305Unit Training Plan - -

Demonstrate anunderstandingof the Air 2306 • 2306

Tasking Order - -

Demonstrate anunderstanding of the 2307 • 2307

Airspace Control Plan - -

Demonstrate anunderstanding of the 2308 • 23D8

Airspace Control Order - -

Extract the Pertainent 2309 • 2309Information from the ACO - -

.' I' >'.,; AGNR-2000, 2002,

AGNR-2000, 2002, 2004, 20D4, TLDR-210D,<

-TLDR-2100, 2101, 2103, 2101, 2103, 2106,

OPSC 2400R 540 OPSC I 240DR OPSC I 2400R OPSC 2400R 2106, SLDR-2202, 2203, SLDR-2202,2203,

I ;"·ii··2205,2209,2214,PSGT- 2205,2209, 2214,2300,2301,2302,2303, PSGT-2300, 2301,

Establish a Command Post • ••• ••••I 2304 2302,2303,2304

Enclosure (1) 3-110

Page 111: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

,--------------------------------_._---------,LAAD 7212 ENUSTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS ATIAIN AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKill (2000 Phase)

T&R EVENT INFORMATION

T&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE

BASIC POI

REFLY STAGE CODE

REFRESHER POI

STAGE CODE

MAINTAINPROFICIENC{

STAGE CODEPREREQS CHAINING

Perform Watch ChiefDuties in the CombatOperations Center

Demonstrate anunderstanding of TBMes

2401R

2402

540

2401R

2402

2401R 2401R

TLDR·2104, 2il3, 2114,2115, 2125, SLDR-2210,2211,2212,2213,2214,2215,2216,2217,2218,2219, 2220, 2221, 2222,2223,2224, 2225, 2226,2227,2228, 2229, PSGT·2306, 2307, 23GB, 2309,OPSC-1400

PSGT·2306,2307,2308

TLDR-2104, 2113,2114,2115, 2125,SLDR·2210, 22",2212, 2213, 2214,2215,2216,2217,2218, 2219, 2220,22Z!, 2222, 2223,2224,2225, 2226,2227,2228,2229,PSGT-2306.2307,2308, 2309, OPSC·2400

PSGT·2306,2307,2308

MISSION SKill (3000 Phase)

T&R EVENT INFORMATIONBASIC POI REFRESHER POI

MAINTAINPROFICIENCY PREREQS CHAINING

STAGE CODE

13000R

T&R DESCRIPTION

Employ a LAAD Section in aPoint Defense

STAGE CODE

3000R

REFLY

36S

STAGE CODE

3000R

STAGE CODE~

I 3000R

~ I

SLDR-2200, 2201,2202,2203,2204, 220S, 2221,

, 2227,2228,2229,2230

SLDR-2200,2201,2202,2203,2204, 220S, 2221,2227, 2228, 2229,2230

Employa lAAD Section in aSurveillance Weapons andGap Filler

Employ a lAAD Section in aDefense of a ManeuveringUnit

Employa lAAD Section in aDefense of a Convey

Employ a lAAD Section in aBase Defense Zone

Assit in the Planning andEmployment of a lAADPlatoon in a Point Defense

GBAD

a001R

3003R

[ 3004R

I 3010R

36S

36S

36S

36S

36S

GBAD

3D01R

3003R

3004R

30l0R

GBAD

3001R

I 3002R ~

3003R

I 3004R

3010R

GBAD

...3001R

I

I'3002R

3003R

I 3004R

IIla010R

SlDR·2200, 2201, 2202,2203, 2204, 220S, 2221,2224,2228,2229,2230

SLDR-2200, 2201, 2202,2203, 2204, 2205, 2221,2222,2228,2229,2230

SLDR-2200, 2201, 2202,2203,2204,2205,2221,2223,2228,2229,2230

SlDR·2200, 2201, 2202,2203,2204, 220S, 2221,222S,2228,2229,2230

GBAO·3000

SlDR·2200, 2201,2202, 2203, 2204,2205, 2221, 2224,2228, 2229, 2230

SLDR-2200, 2201,2202,2203,2204,2205, 2221, 2222,2228,2229,2230

SLDR-2200, 2201,2202, 2203, 2204,2205,2221, 2223,2228,2229,2230

SLDR-2200, 2201,2202, 2203, 2204,2205,2221,2225,2228,2229,2230

GBAD-3000

Assit in the Planning andEmployment of a lAADPlatoon in a SurveillanceWeapons and Gap Filler

Assit in the Planning andEmployment of a lAADPLatoon in a Defense of aManeuvering Unit

Assit in the Planning andEmployment of a lAADPlatoon in a Defense of aConvey

3011R 36S

3012R 36S

3013R 36S

'3011R

30l2R

3013R

3011R

30l2R

3013R

3-111

3011R

3012R

3013R

GBAD~3001

GBAD·3002

GBAD-3003

GBAD-3001

GBAD·3002

GBAD·3003

Enclosure (1)

Page 112: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

lAAD 7212 ENLISTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUS ATTAIN AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKILL (2000 Phase)

BASiC POI REFRESHER POIMAINTAIN

T&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PREREQS CHAININGT&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

Assit in the Planning and ••••••Employment of a LAAD

3014R 365 3014R 3014R 3014RPlatoon in a Base DefenseZone GBAD-3004 GBAD-3004

Assit in the Planning andEmployment of a LAAD ·,S020R 365 S020R 3D20R 3D20RBattery in a Point Defense GBAD-3010 GBAD-3010

Assit in the Planning and..

Employment of a LAAD3021R 365 3021R 3021R 3021R

Battery in a SurveillanceWeapons and Gap Filler

•••••• •• ..... GBAD-3011 GBAD-3011

Assit in the Planning and I·i· ~0;>'2R• .2.LEmployment of a LAAD

13D22R 365 ~g2f~!Battery in a Defense of a .• <•. .~VLL".

Maneuvering Unit <•.' •••• ........ i······ GBAD-3012 GBAD-3012

Assit in the Planning and

30~3i~...............

• •. i. )<'.Employment of a lAAD ...•..i.365

?~Z0~!i ·illjJ3R

•Battery in a Base Defense i) <Zone GBAD-3014 GBAD-3014

111·1 ..I.). I·<i· 'ii' AGNR-2000, 2002,

I.' I·i)<il .•i ... 2004,2005,2006,.ili'il< i1iiii'iill

2007,2008,2015,.....

11••<1 2016,2017,2018,

e AGNR-2000, 2002, 2004, 2019,2020,2021,2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2022,2023,2024,P. •• 1,<.

I!I.~... <.'

2015,2016,2017,201~ 2025, 2026, TLOR-Employ a section in .i 2019,2020, 2021, 2022, 2100,2101, 2103,mounted and dismounted 365

2023,2024, 2025, 2026, 2104,2106, 2107,Patrols

lim I! TLDR-2100, 2101, 2103, 2108,2109,2110,2104,2106, 2107,2108, 2114,2116,2117,2109,2110,2114,211~ 2122, 2123, 2125,

1••.•• : 1....• ::

~2117, 2122, 2123, 2125, SLDR-2200; 2201,

i SLOR-2200, 2201, 2202, 2202,2209, 2215,

>i.2209, 2215, 2227, 2228, 2227, 2228, 2229,

...,........., 2229,2230,2235 2230,2235

_. ~it)~I'~' j ...... iliiiiiiAGNR-2000, 2002,

A8GD ABGD .1·llji. 2004, 2005, 2006,2007,2008,2015,

·Wiiil2016, 2017, 2018,.i: I:: AGNR-2000, 2002, 2004, 2019,2020,2021,

I .••i •. H ••• i Ii' 2005,2006,2007,200~ 2022, 2023, 2024,

Establish and operate1 "A.A· ·$10i~

201S,2016,2017,201~ 2025,2026, TLDR·

13~OiR 13101~2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2100,2101,2103,

Entry Control Point/Vehicle 3652023, 2024, 2025, 2026, 2104,2106, 2107,

Check Point••• .. TLDR-2100, 2101, 2103, 2108,2109,2110,

1

lit2104,2106, 2107, 2108, 2114, 2116, 2117,

I>··· ••2109,2110,2114,211~ 2122,2123, 2125,

> i2117,2122,2123,2125, SLDR-2200, 2201,

1 ••1 SLDR-2200, 2201, 2202, 2202,2209, 2215,

I•• ··• .f·· ••••• I.ii 2209, 2215, 2227, 2228, 2227, 2228, 2229,

••• 2229,2230,2235 2230,2235

Employa LAAD Section as13i62R. 365 ~ I3102R !3i02Ra Quick Reaction Force ABGD-3100 ABGD-3100

Enclosure (1) 3-112

Page 113: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

lAAD7212 ENLISTED

CORE/MISSION/CORE PLUSATIAIN AND MAINTAIN MATRIX

CORE SKILL (2000 Phase)

BASIC POI REFRESHER POIMAINTAIN

T&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PREREQS CHAININGT&R DESCRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

SLDR~22DO! 2201,2202. 22D3, 22D4,

Establish a Base DefenseSLDR-2200, 2201, 2202, 2205, 22D7, 22D9,

Operations Center3103R 365 31D3R 3103R 31D3R 2203,2204,2205,2207, 2210, 2211, 2212,

22D9, 2210, 2211, 2212, 22lS, 2300, 2301,2215, 2300, 2301, 2302, 2302, 2304, 2400,

2304,2400,2401 2401SLDR-2200, 2201,2202,2203, 2204,

Serve as a Watch Officer in SLDR-2200, 2201, 2202, 2205,2207,2209,a Base Defense Operations 31D4R 365 3104R 3104R 3104R 2203,2204,2205,2207, 2210, nu, 2212,Center (BDOC) 2209,2210,2211,2212, 2215, 23DO, 23D1,

2llS, 2300, 2301, 2302, 2302, 2304, OPSC-2304,OPSC-2400,2401 2400,2401

CORE'PLUS.5KILL{4000Phase) .. ,

.BASICPOI REFRESHEIHOI

MAINTAINT&R EVENT INFORMATION PROFICIENCY PREREQS ... CHAINING

T&ROE5CRIPTION STAGE CODE REFLY STAGE CODE STAGE CODE STAGE CODE

Operate (2 Personel4921 • C2SYS 4921

Marine Net C2PC CourseComputer (Course Code C2POO1)

.

Operate Blue Force4922 • C2$Y$ 4922 -

Tracker(BFT) Equipment -

Operate Command Post of C2SYS •the Future (CPoF)

4923 C2SYS 4923 - -

Set·up and establishcommunications utilizing 4940 • C2SYS 4940 - -an IRe network

3-113Enclosure (1)

Page 114: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3.17 T&R SYLLABUS MATRIX.skills, and events.

The below matrix summarizes the syllabus training requirements by phase, core

Understand thestructure and

BGNR I 1000 I responsibility of the Low I B I E I L I - I - I I • 0 0 2 1 1 I 1 BGNR 101Altitude Air Defense(LAAD) BN.

State the Stinger missileBGNR 1 1001 I system (RMP) I B I E I L I I I I • lillil D _1 0 _I 2 1 I 1 1 BGNR 103

characteristics.

BGNR I 1002 I Identify ~he com.p~nents I B 1 E 1 L I I 1 1 • lilli1 0 _I 0 I- 2 1 BGNR 1001 1 FHTof the Stmger missile.

Identify shippingBGNR r 1003 ( containers for the I B I E I L I - I - I I • 0 0 2 I BGNR 1002

Stinger Missile.

BGNR 1 1004 I Convert a Stinger missile B E L • 3 BGNR 1003 (2) FHT 1 1 BGNR 106round to a ready round.

BGNR I 1005 I Inspect a Stinger missile. B E L • 3 BGNR 1004FHT, Gripstock,

I 1 BGNR 105BCU

Demonstrate knowledgeBGNR I 1006 I of the Stinger B E L • lillil 0 - 0 _I 2 1 BGNR 1001

Engagement Rules.

Demonstrate knowledgeBGNR I 1007 1of the Stinger Principle I B I E I L I - I - I I • _i 0 _I 0 I- 3 1 BGNR 1006

of Operations.

Understand hang-fire,

BGNR 1 1008 I misfire, and dud1 B 1 E 1 L 1 - 1 - 1 I • I. 0 lillii 0 .1 2 1 BGNR 1007 1 1 1 BGNR 107

procedures for the

Stinger missile.

Understand LAAD's

BGNR 1 1009 \ Weapons/Warning I B I E I L 1 - 1 - 1 1 • 0 0 2 I 1 1 1 BGNR 108

statuses.

Demonstrate knowledge

I I

AN/PPX-ffA/B,BGNR 1 1010 1of the ~AD IFF B E L • 0 5 SUbsytem I 1 BGNR 102

operating system and~quipment

subsystems.

Enclosure (1) 3-114

Page 115: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

I I

EVENT I I I DEVICE I I ilCADEMI I .."'V, I LIVEEVENTS

I I I EVENT'PREREQ NbrES CHAINcbN\!

~tlnE

Demonstrate knowledge

BGNR I 1011 I of the Traini~g &I B I E I L I - I I I • 0 0 4 I I

(I) Stinger NightSupport equipment Sightorganic to LAAD.

BGNR I 1012 I Operate the Stinger I B I E I L I I I I • 111!I!11 0 ~igUilli 0 U!lf,!itl 4 I I THT I t BGNR 104Night Sight (SNS).

BGNR I 1013 I E~gage ai~cr.aft with the I B I E I L I I I I • IZ1JNWI 0 liil,]11 0 ~Ij;fd 16 I BGNR 1013 I I I BGNR 142Stlllger missile system.

Engage a live aerial

BGNR I 1014 j target with a Stinger B E L • BGNR 1007Improved Moving I

I BGNR 141Tracking Head Trainer Target Simulator(THT) IMTS.

BGNR I I Establish a tactical(1) HMMWV, All

B E L • 12 LAAD Organic I I BGNR 1401015 Stinger team position.EqUipment

Demonstrate knowledgeBGNR I 1016 I of AircraFt Identification B E L • 11!ii1l1 0 WjjJjjI 0 m¥lWI 1 I BGNRI016

Technique.

BGNR I 1017 I Visually identify aircraft. B E L • 44Audio Visual

I I BGNR 152EqUipment

GNR I I Perform land navigation B E L • 17Protractor, Map,

I I BGNR 113B 1018 skills. CompassOperate a military Protractor, Map,

BGNR I 1019 \ Global Positioning B E L • 1S Compass. Military I I BGNR 117System (GPS). GPSIdentify manual cross-

BGNR I 1020 I tell early warning I B I E I L I - I - I I • 0 0 2 I BGNR 1018 I I I BGNR 115information.Demonstrate knowledge

BGNR I 1021 I of the characteristics of I B I E I L I - I - I I • ffJm!Jj 0 Iffiff11l 0 IfftffiJ1l 2organic VHF radio assets.

N I I Operate the organic VHF B E L • 10 BGNR 1021LAAD Organic VHF I

I BGNR 109BG R 1022 radio. Radio

GNR I I Troubleshoot the B E L • 1 BGNR 1022LAAD Organic VHF I

I BGNR 110B 1023 organic VHF radio. Radio

Understand proper CMS EquipmentBGNR I 1024 I handling of CMS B E L • 4 I I BGNR 111

and Materialmaterials.

3-115Enclosure (1)

Page 116: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Perform basiccommunication skills

BGNR I 1025 I utilizing authentication, I B I E I L I . I . I I • liilll 0 liilll 0 iilll 3 I BGNR 1022 I AKAC 1553 I I BGNR 112encryption and

decryption.Understand the

emergency destruction BGNR 1002, BGNR

BGNR I 1026 I procedures for the B E L • 0 0 11009. BGNR 1011.

IIFF Subsystem,

I I BGNR 118Stinger missile and all BGNR 1016, BGNR GPS, Radiosancillary team 1017equipment

BGNR I 1027 I State the characteristics B E L • 2M240 MMG and

of the M240MMG. A-BagPerform operator

M24Q MMG andBGNR I 1028 I maintenance for a B E L • 2 BGNR 1027

medium machinegun. A-Bag

BGNR I 1029 I Moun.t a mediumM240 MMG and

B E L • 2 BGNR 1028 A-Bag, Machinemachmegun.

Gun Mount

BGNR I 1030 I Perform required actionM240 MMG and

B E l • 2 BGNR 1029 A-Bag, Machineon a MMG.

Gun Mount

BGNR1031 I State the characteristics

B E l • 2M250 cal HMG

of the M2.50CAL HMG. and A Box

Perform operatorM250cal HMG

BGNR I 1032 I maintenance on a M2.50 B E l • 2 BGNR 1031

CAL HMG.and A Box

BGNR I 1033 I Mou~t a heavyM2 50 cal HMG,

B E l • 2 BGNR 1032 Machine Gunmachmegun.

Mount

BGNR I 1034 I Perform required actionI I I I I I I I I

M2 50 cal HMG,

B E l - • 0 0 2 BGNR1033 Machine Gunon a HMG.

Mount

BGNR I 1035 I Operate a M240 MMG. E l • BGNR1030M240 MMG and

I I BGNR 128BA-Bag

BGNR I 1036 I Operate a M2.50 CAL B E l • BGNR 1034M250cal HMG

I I BGNR 137HMG. and A Box

BGNR I 1037 I Creat: ~ range card B E l • 1BGNR 1028, BGNR

I I BGNR 149pertammg to a machIne 1034

Enclosure ( 1) 3-116

Page 117: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

NOTES tHAiNEVENt

tdNV

gun

GNR I 38 I Engage targets with the B E L • 1 BGNR 1035M240 MMG and

I I BGNR 1458 10 M240 MMG. A-Bag

BGNR I 1039 I Engage targets with the B E • 1 BGNR 1036M2 SOcal HMG

I I BGNR 146LM2.S0 CAL HMG.

..._~.. and A BoxEngage a live aerial

BGNR I 1040 I target with a Live Stinger 0 8 I BGNR 1013 I Stinger Missile I I BGNR 143missile.

BGNR I 1041 I ~~,ain a Tactical Vehicle B E L •

Setup and Operate an

I I I I -I I I II II II I I (2) Organic VHFAGNR I 2000 I LAAD Organic VHF B,R - L 36S 0 0 1 I I Comm 217

CommunicationsRadios

Demonstrate ProperAuthentication and I (2) Organic VHF

AGNR ! 2001 ! Encryption B L - - - • . ...0 0 ••••• 1 - Radios, (2) AKI\C- 1 - 1 Comm 218

Communication lSS3

Procedures

AGNR \ 2002 I Send and Receive B L - - - • 0 0 • 2AGNR 2000, I\GNR (2) Organic VHF AGNR 2000, AGNR

Comm 219Reports 2001 Radios 2001

AGNRJ 2003J Aircraft Identification B, R E S,L - - - 90 0 4 - VID 260

AGNR I 2004 I State Map Information B L - • 0 0I

1 - (1) MAP NAV 201- - -and Perform Map Skills

AGNR I 2005 I ~~~ld:~~~;~:vigation B, R L - - D 36S •••• 0 0 6 AGNR 2004(l)MAP, (1)

I AGNR 2004 I NAV203,. COMPASS

AGNR I 2006 I Conduct Day Navigation D 36SIi

0I

6 AGNR 2004(1) MAP, (1)

AGNR 2004 IB, R L - - . 0COMPASS, (1) GPS I

NAV204with a Military GPS ~Conduct NIght

AGNR I 2007 I Navigation with ,a, I I I I-I I N I 36S I II 0 6 I AGNR 2004, AGNR I (1) MAP, (1) IAGNR 2004, AGNRNAV 20S

Compass and MIlitaryB,R L 0

200S, AGNR 2006 COMPASS, (1) GPS 200S, AGNR 2006 I

GPS

AGNR I 2008 I Conduct Tactical Team (1) A-MANPAD I CMT282load Out

3-117Enclosure (1)

Page 118: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

AGNR I 2010 I ''':1'1'''' :'~ _~"''-''J'' I B I I S,L - - - •••••••••

0 IE 1 IU • 0 - - I I CTM 265

'.1m

(1) STINGERAGNR I 2011 I Operate Stinger Night B L - - N • ••••• 0 , 0 2 NIGHT SIGHT. (1) I I NVD 211

Sight E .<THT/FHT

AGNR I 2012 \ Engage Aircraft in the B S,L - - - 30.0 0••

2 :.: 0AGNR 2003, 2010,

(1) IMTS I AGNR 2003, 2010, IGUN 253IMTS 2011 2011

Engage AircraftEmploying Infrared

I I I I - I I I IAGNR 2003, 2010,

II AGNR 2003, 2010, IAGNR I 2013 I Counter Measure in B S,L - 30.0 0 2 0 (l)IMTS GUN2S4

Different Simulated2011,2012 2011,2012

Environments

AGNR ! 2014 I Fire the Stinger launch

•••

•• I·; (1) STLSSimulators(STLSJ

B, R L - - 1095 0 0 1 AGNR-2012LAUNCHER

I AGNR-2012 I GUN 255

Conduct immediate

.<1+ I: (1) A-MANPAD, (1)

AGNR I 2015 I actio~ and ~uick B, R L DIN 180 0 .1 0I·E.

1AGNR-2003,2010, CREW-SERVED I AGNR'2003, 2010, I MAN 273- I -

•••••

2011, 2012, 2013reaction dnlls WPN, (1) THT/FHT 2011,2012,2013w/advance manpad

Operate Night Vision

I I I I I I I I I11) HMMWV, (1)

AGNR I 2016 I Devices ~hi1e . B, R L N 365 0 0 2 NIGHT VISION I I NVD212ConductIng Tactical

DEVICEVehicalOperations

Assemble and Mount

I I I I I I I IIll) A-MANPAD, 11) IAGNR ! 2017 I the M2 .50 Cal HMG at B, R L - - N 365 0 0 1 I WPN 228

NightM2 .50 CAL

Perform Immediate and

AGNR 1 2018 I remedial Action for the B, R L - - N/D 365

••••••••

0

2 1< 0 AGNR 2017 (1) M2 .50 CAL I AGNR 2017 I WPN 231M2 .50 Cal HMG :.'

AGNR I 2019 I Engage Targets with M2 B, R L - '. - DIN 365 I 0 n· 0 3AGNR 2017, AGNR (1) M2 50 CAL 1AGNR 2017, AGNR I WPN 232

.50 Cal HMG '. 2018 . 2018

Mount a limited •..;; 1< 11) M2 .50 CAL, (1)

AGNR \ 2020 I Visibility Sight on M2 .50 B, R L - - N 365 0

•••

0 1 AGNR 2017 LIMITED VISIBILITY I AGNR 2017 I WPN 233

Cal At Night•••

SIGHT

Assemble and Mount

~ '~ I 11) A-MANPAD, 11) I I WPN 237AGNR I 2021 I the M240 MMG At Night B, R L - - N 365 0 0 1 - -M240

Perform Immediate and

AGNR I 2022 I remedial Actionf~ R I I L I - I - I N I 365 0 2 0 I AGNR 2021 I 11) M240 I AGNR 2021 I WPN 239

M240 MMG At Night

Enclosure ( 1) 3-118

Page 119: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

< ..... tAAb.12Q4 sylLAilUs MAtillie. ..

< GRoUNDIsiMEVENT AtAoEMI

LIVEj. ...

EVENTS EVENTSSTAGE

.CEVENTS EVENTPOI E tOND PREREQ NOTES CHAIN

tyPE )fOP tdNV

CODE rlTLE TIO•••••••

# tiME # # TIME

'.' N ... < ••• . .

AGNR 2023Engage Targets with

B, R l O/N 365 0 0 ••• AGNR 2021, I\GNR (1) A-MANPAD, (1) AGNR 2021, AGNRM240

- - 3 WPN 2402022 M24Q 2022

Mount a limited (1) M240, (1)AGNR 2024 Visibility Sight 011 M240 B,R l - - N 365 0 0 1 AGNR 2021 LIMITED VISIBll1Y AGNR 2021 WPN 241

At Night SIGHT

Advanced Engagements ... AGNR 2016, 2017, AGNR 2016, 2017,

Of Air and Ground j. 2018, 2019, 2020, (1) M2 .50 CAL, (1) 2018,2019,2020,AGNR 2025 B,R l - - D 730••••••

0 0 2 WPN 250Targets WI 240 MMG 2021,2022, 2023, M240 2021,2022, 2023,and M2 .50 Cal HMG 2024 2024

Mel Course Single ...channel Ground

AGNR 2026 B l - - • I ••• 0 0 16 - -Airborne .'

II n.'Tn+.\lii~gi'_ 0 ,••••[.,·l;·· ......• ; ·.l ••.·.:··.·j.[..·'n~0 62

13 1 60

•·.··;·.:·.;.;...•.·:m·;.·, ••••••• .:W·;:.,•. ,,·,,··; .. ··; .•..·Set-up, Operate, and

TLDR 2100Troubleshoot LAAD

B, R L. ..

organic VHF- - - D 365 0 0 2 AGNR-2000 (2) VHF RADIOS AGNR-2000 COM-218

CommunicationsSet-up Organic VHF

(1) DTO, (2) VHFTLDR 2101 Communications For B, R E l - - D 365 0 0 1 TLDR-2100 TLDR-2100 COM-307Secured Transmissions

RAOIOS, (1) GPS

Demostrate Proper(2) VHF RAOI05,

TLDR 2102 Authentication and B L - - D • 0 0 1 AGNR-200l AGNR-2001 COM-217Encryption

... (2) AKAC-1553

Send and ReceiveTLDR 2103 Reports Organic to a B L - - D • 0 0 2 AGNR-2002 (2) VHF RADIOS AGNR-2002 COM-219

LAAD Battalion

TLDR 2104 Call For and Adjust Fire B, R L - - - 365 0 0 1AGNR-2000, 2004, AGNR-2000, 2004,

COM 394...... TLDR-210l,2103 TLDR-210l,2103

TLDR 2105Construct a VHF Field

B, R E L • 0".

0 2AGNR-2000, TLDR- AGNR-2000, TLDR-

COM 315Expediant Antenna

- - -2100,2101 2100,2101

TLDR 2106Identify Operational

B L - - - 8 0 0 ... 1 AGNR-2004 (1) MAP AGNR-2004 Nav-202Terms and Graphics

TLDR 2107Conduct Day Navigation

B, R l - - D 365 0 0 6 AGNR-2005(1) COMPASS, (1)

AGNR-2005 Nav-203with Compass '" I ... MAP

3-119Enclosure (1)

Page 120: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

1'\·.·· ....•, •.....•.. >.. • >, .••.•./.. > <. fA~"" ,1"0'\1,> •..••. •.•..•..•• • .

1<",1 .. '." 1/ Ii<' I<.~"'m>i: i; lim IA\iA8~KWr 1·,s,iW.> .. ········1 ....

I

}Ti 0,li <i .......<,> II>,,"; ••> ITS .t ., . .. .· ... i··ili·1~E I ." .•.•. ..< xi . 1>/ '•• 1:'.; •. r··.. 1_-' ·>i.> 1<. > .• ." ·Iii.i,i< ISo:" Imrh~ ...>...1 ..';•••• 1:<> lil~~ lit) I!~ I.)·;ll@.):)) I'~ x I ~rM~<l·#TIME ..i •..·i··.. ..••. I '.' /i1/ .'.'

TLDR 2108 Conduct Day Navigation B R l _ _ D 365'> 0' 0 !ur:: 6 AGNR-2006 (1) MAP, (1) AGNR-2006 _with aGP$' :\, Pi;: COMPASS, (1) GPS Nav 204

Conduct Night I ,: 1";;TLDR 2109 Navigation with a B l _ _ N 365 r>:' a r"d, 0 1<> 6 AGNR-2007, TLDR- (1) MAP, (1) AGNR-2007, TLDR- Nav-20S

Compass and a GPS 1+, L>, 2107, 2108 COMPASS, (1) GP$ 2107,2108

TlDR 2110 ~~~~~~~o~:~~:dGP$ B, R E L - - NjD 365 IH< 0< 0 Ii,,::: 6 TLDR-2108 (1) A-M~~:AD} (1) TLDR-2108 NAV 300

Identify Capabilitiesand", L,;TLDR 2111 Characteristics of the B L - - - '" IV,~:; 0 I::' 0 1 AGNR-2011 (1) STINGER AGNR-2011 NVD-210

Stinger Night Sight 1:;,;; I> NIGHT SIGHT

Advanced Aircraft p;:+TLDR 2112 Id ,'fi " B, R E L - - - 90 r 0 • 0 4 AGNR-2003 AGNR-2003 VID-260en I Ica Ion 1/ 1;':

TLDR 2113 ~~~~~o~i~~::~~:~ B l - - 365 0 1 I';W 0 AGNR-2010 AGNR-2010 CTM-265

TLDR 2114 Define the Use of Rules B R l _ _ _ 365 0 1< 1 I 0 AGNR-2010, TlDR- AGNR-2010, TlDR- C _of Engagement (ROE) , 2113 2113 ™ 266

Identify ManualCross-: ITLDR 2115 Tell and Polor Grid B l - - 365 1":' 0 1'<.. 1 0 - - CTM-267

Target Information L,} I:

TlDR 2116 . B l _ _ _ * [::<, 0 Ii,,}: 0 1 AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR- CTM-268Prepare a Terrain Model r;;;:; 1;<;'; j.;; 2106 2106

Extract p:rtinant tD!': 1<--;', :':H. AGNR-2010, TLDR- AGNR-2010, TLDR-TLDR 2117 Inform~tlon From an B, R l - - - 365 1;':;." 0 t>;< 0:;< 2 2113, 2114 2113, 2114 CMT-280

Operation Order L:::; I:;:;';ii>

Identify Basic Convoy I Ii I,TLDR 2118 Structure for Air Defense B L - - - *: 0 IU: 1 !,\: 0 - MAN-272

Operations H:.; ,,:• ;'iL AGNR-2002, 2004, AGNR-2002,2004,

I Iii; I·... 200S, 2006, 2007, 200S, 2006, 2007,, I·.' I'" 2008,2009,2010, 2008, 2009, 2010, C

TLDR 2119 B, R l - - • 365 0: '.': 0 I':::: 1 2015 TLDR-2100 (1) A-MAN PAD 2015 TLDR-2100 MT~281I:: InL " "g ~g 2, 2W~2m,2WS, 2W1,21~2~

Ii .•••• 2106 2106Emplace the A·MANPAD I:L<

Demonstrate Emergency Iii I Ii,).TLDR 2120 Des~ruction of tAAD B, R - L - - - 365 0 h'U; 2 a - • CMT-284

EqUipment 1(:'::;

Enclosure (1) 3-120

Page 121: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

SLDR I 2200 I Properly handle EKMS B,R - l - - - 365,.

0 0 1 TLDR- 2101 CMS MATERIAL TLDR- 2101 I COM 310software .SLOR I 2201 I Operate Crypto-Graphic B,R - l - - 365 0 0 2

TLDR- 2101, SLDR- (1) Data Transfer TLDR- 2101, SLDR- ICOM 306Data Transfer Device e-- 2200 Device 2200

(1) ORGANIC VHFSlDR I 2202 I Operate LAAD Organic I B,R

I-

Il

I-

I-

I-

I365

II0

II0 II 1

ITLDR-2100,2105 ANTENNA, (2) VHF I TLDR-2100,2105 I COM 312

VHF Antenna RAOIOS(2) LAAD Organic

SLOR I 2203 I Operate LAAD Organic SLOR-2200, 2201 HF Radio, (2) \-IF I SLDR-2200, 2201 I COM 308HF Communication ANTENNA, (1) OTDMCI 2515H Antenna

SlOR I 2204 I constr~ction and, B - l - - - • I 0 0Progatlon of RadiO .. >.Waves 32Construct a High ..

ITlDR-2105, SLDIl-

IAny HF Organic I nOR-2105, SlDR- ISLDR I 2205 I Frequency (HF) Field B,R - l - - - 365 0 0 2 COM 316

Expediant Antenna2203,2204 Equipment 2203, 2204

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

) )

liVEEVENTS ,

~REREQ I NOTES I CHAIN I ~~E~J

TI:'h

ME

AGNR-2003, 2010, AGNR-2003, 2010,

TLDR I 2121 I Direct Engagement in I B R I - I l I - I - I I 60 1··.·······...1 0 1"'1 0 I "'~.,mo,=. ,.,. """".>we , ",onthe[MTS' ••... ; 2112,2113, 2114, IMT 2112,2113, 2114, G

2115 2115

TlOR I 2122 I . I B I I l I I I I' I I 0 I I 0 I 2 I AGNR-2025, TlOR- AGNR-2025, TlOR- I WPN-224Execute FIre Commands 2114 2114

AGNR-2017, 2018, AGNR-2017, 2018,

TLDR I 2123 I Engage Air and Ground I B, R 1 - 1 l 1 - 1 - 1 I 730 1 1 0 I·.··. ·.1 0 1<'. ··1 2 I 2019, 2020, 2021, (1) M2 .50 CAL, (1) 2019, 2020, 2021, I WPN-2S0Targets Using the M2 .50 . .• ' " 2022,2023, 2024, M240 2022, 2023, 2024,Cal and M240 2025 2025

Engage an Air Target I.:TLDR I 2124 I wi.th.<I live Stinger B, R L _ _ _ 109S 0 a 1 AGNR-~~~~, 2013, {l~I~~~~ER I AGNR-~~~~, 2013. I WPN-256

Missile

Supervise Immediate (1) A-MANPAD, (l)

TLDR I 2125 I Action cltld Quick B R _ l _ ~_ 730 0 0 1 ANGR-2015, 2025, CREW SERVED I ANGR-2015, 2025, I MAN-273Reaction Drills with the ' TLDR-2121,2122 WEAPON, (1) TLDR-2121,2122A-MANPADS TIH/FIH

3-121Enclosure (1:

Page 122: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

I

14oo•lBMel 2526B Introduction

to Electronic Warfare2206SLDR

SlDR 2207Mel 2540

Communications Plansand Orders

B l • o o21

5l0R I 2208Program the IFF BeltPack

B,R l 365 o o 35LDR 2200, SLDR

2201

(3) AN/PPX-3BBelt Packs, (1) K1R­

lC, (1) OTD w/lFILL Cable, {I}

AN/G5X-l

SLDR 2200, SLDR2201 CMT343

SLDR 2209Plot and constructoperational graphics

B l o o 2AGNR-2004, TLDR­

2106AGNR-2004, TLDR­

2106NAV 303

5l0R 2210Demonstrate anunderstanding of theMarine Aviation Wing

B l • o o5

SLDR 2211

list the Units and theirAgencies within aMarine Air ControlGroup (MACG)

B l • o o 2 2210 BMT348

5LDR 2212Demonstrate anUnderstanding of theGCE

B l • o o5

SLDR 2213UnderstandingOPTASUNK

B l • o o1

5LDR 2214Construct a CartesianCoordinate ReferencePoint

B,R l 365 o o 1AGNR-2004, TLDR­2106, 2115, 5LDR·

2209,2213

AGNR-2004, TLDR­2106, 2115,SLDR­

2209,2213CTM 333

5LDR 2215Define and Apply Rulesof Engagement

B,R l 540 o o 1AGNR-I010, TLDR­

2114AGNR-2010, TLDR­

2114CTM 335

SLDR 2216

List and Define theDetermining Factors forEstablishing Air DefencePriorites

B l • o o 1 BMT351

5l0R 2217

List and Define the AirDefense WeaponsEmploment Guidelinesand Principles

B,R l 365 o o 2 CMT344

SLDR 2218Apply EmploymentGuidelines and Principles

B l • o o 3 SLDR-2216, 2217 SLDR~2216, 2217 BMT347

Enclosure (I) 3-122

Page 123: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

.."'

.... ....... dOl,"v" '"e . ..... .. ...•. ..... Ie .. ~RDU.Nbl

IE?i~s .••••••EVENT

to.NIT

AtAbEMI .lIVE

STAGE......

IR~ftY 0EVENTS EVENTSEVENT .•1'01

OP PREREQ NOTES . 0RAINCDNV! ••.

I~PE "I TIME •..~CODE TITLE TIO # TIME•••••••

... N ... . I ...

I

AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TlDR-2106,2113, 2114, 2106,2113,2114,

5LDR 2219 Plan for employment of B.R L - - - 365 0 0 I· 2 2115,2116,2117, - 2115,2116,2117, BMT 353a LAAD Section In a I· I SlDR-2207,2208, SLDR~2207, 2208,Direct Support Role

••2218 2218

AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLOR-

••2106, 2113, 21111, 2106,2113, 2114,

$LDR 2220 Plan for employment of B,R - L - - - 365 0 0 2 2115, 2116, 2117, - 2115, 2116, 2117, BMT352a LAAD Section In a I Ie. SLDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207, 2208,General Support Role C 2218 2218

I···· AGNR-2004, TLDR AGNR-2004, TLDR2106, 2113, 2114, 2106, 2113, 2114,

SLDR 2221 Plan for employment of B - L - - - • 0 0 2115,2116,2117, 2115, 2116, 2117,a LAAD section in Point I SLDR-2207,2208, SLDR-2207,2208,Defense 2 2218 2218

IAGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR-

Plan for employment of 2106,2113,2114, 2106,2113,2114,SLDR 2222 a LAAD section in a B - L - - - • ••• 0 D 2115,2116,2117, - 2115,2116,2117,

defense of a manuever SLDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207,2208,unit 2 2218 2218

IAGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR-

• •••••

2106,2110,2113, 2106,2110, 2113,SLDR 2223 B - L - - - • I D ....

0 2 2114, 2115, 2116, - 2114,2115, 2116, BMT413Plan for employment of ••••2117,SLDR-2207, 2117,SLDR-2207,a LAAD Section In

defense of a Convoy 2208,2218 2208,2218

I AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR-Plan for employment of .... 2106, 2113, 2114, 2106,2113, 2114,

SLDR 2224 a LAAD section in B - L - - • D 0 2115,2116,2117, 2115, 2116, 2117,surveillance and weapon SLDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207, 2208,gap filler 2 2218 2218

... AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR-2106,2112, 2113, 2106, 2112, 2113,

SLDR 2225 B L - - - • 0 0 2114,2115, 2116, - 2114,2115, 2116,Plan for employment of I .. I> 2117, SLDR-2207, 2117,SLDR-2207,a LAAD section in a Base .. 2208,2218 2208,2218Defense Zone (BDZ)

3-123Enclosure (1)

Page 124: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

y'....:',..< ••,«.:., 'i.,·,.lAi:. . .....> ...,<

il,II!I: :'/>EVIl;I< < ";~~.~ill~;ii ' ..: ,SLY~ ,., .i.·' 1< i.·.·.",,'1... ··.i.. .,·:i·· iii· i'.···i'. I'e: ,...::: i;<.,I;:;S,; :~ lEi\! !i'il' ,t VEN ISii ;<Flik,k, Ii .,..i":":I~i-H'II' ·i·i·, ".," < ii·.i· ',II:''''.' 11f:,::WrtU'~fREI,: I€.I·I:#T'~E .....,..' .... ·····-i'I"!

Iii':;"; 1:00ii fitt{ .<.' •• ". " «HII:']nJTIi'i;. ...J? ,,·i·. i::····. il)·ii'I~.I'" :.I~I.;,;., I.,~T" 'I:,i,. i:·'··,· 'ii"i' .i ". ·i:i:. i.": I... > ...,

i. Ii: AGNR-2DD4, TLDR- AGNR-2D04, TtDR-

Plan for employmentof'/ ,:< 2106, 2112, 2113, 2106,2112, 2113,SLDR 2226 a LAAD unit in Defense B - l - ~ N/D * "r),:: 0 ,:> a 2 2114, 2115, 2116, - 2114,2115, 2116, BMT 406

of an Amphibious Ready -"C}t" I~f;> 2117,SLDR-2207, 2117,SLDR-2207,Group 1m::,: 2208, 2218 2208,2218

;. I AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR-~~~and~~ct 2 ~.,!i 2ro~218,21M, 2W~2113,21~

SLDR 2227 Pertinent Information S,R - L - - - 365 ::<::' a -u'i:: ok:', 4 2115,2116,2117, - 2115,2116,2117, BMT350from an Operations ::< i./ jiH SLDR-2207,2208, SLDR-2207,2208,Order ii .....• ,. 2218 2218

nEe', :;;"E AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR~:~L;;<:' 2106, 2113, 2114, 2106, 2113, 2114,

2 ~ 2~n~~ ~~~StDR 2228 B R - t - - - 36SI' 0 Ii' 0 Imi' 4 StDR-2207, 2208, _ StDR-2207, 2208, BMT 407

, ~ ~ ~~~ ~~~

~ ~ ~ ~~~ 22~~~Conduct LAAD :C> ;(':' U:> 2224,2225, 2226, 2224, 2225, 2226,Employment Planning ,);~;': I:;:;: 2227 2227

\><,,:;:> AGNR-2004, TLDR- AGNR-2004, TLDR-il'.i'·' 21D6. 2113, 2114, 2106,2113,2114,

1

1>1 ...'" 211S, 2116, 2117, 211S, 2116, 2117,SLDR-2207, 2208, SLDR-2207,2208,

StDR 2229 B,R - t - - - 36S 0 "I. 0 ::. 2 2n8, 2219, 2220, - 2218,2219, 2220, CMT 340

Issue a section five :<::ii': ',t> 2221,2222,2223, 2221, 2222, 2223,paragraph Operation :,E::: :< [:+: 2224, 2225, 2226, 2224, 2225, 2226,Order:':::'; h'::" 2227 2227

I@i ,. TtDR-2100, 2101, TlDR-2100, 2101,

.~ ~ ~ =~n~ =~~"'.- '.ii ." StDR-2200,2201, SLDR-22DD,2201,

StDR 2230 B,R - t - - DIN 36S.1' 0 >,. D 3 2202, 2203, 22D4, - 2202, 2203, 2204, CMT34S

. . ~ ~~~ ~~~Establish a SectIOn >: 2209 2213 2214 2209 2213 2214Leader Position ,\' iU:L ' , , ,Construct and i::,;':.,: 1':",> ::ii;,Administer Advanced 90 W' 0 'Ii: 0 ,,,,' 9 AGNR-2003,TLDR AGNR-2003,TLDR VID 327StDR 2231 BR - t - - - -Aircraft Identification ';::W,H;i:/ 2112 2112~ ;~ ;:~: ~~

Conduct aDetailed;;:: ',,: TLDR-2112, SLDR- _ TLDR-2112, SLDR- BMT 349StDR 2232 . B,R - t - - - 36S.> 0 .'. 0 4 2231 2231

Aircraft Threat i,i:'; /:.

Enclosure (1) 3-124

Page 125: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

./........•••• ........hA ;MATRf.X ••••

. •.• 1// •....•• " I." GRO~N51 I 'EJ1~Ts .' L1V~ ••.• I//n,vln ••.• ACAD~MI ..

!STAG{ . ..• .., .'. " ..•/.... . "~l,", ILo-'" CEYEN1S ''; EVENTS . EVENTI'.~ ... '.' I.' ....• IbP""·u. '""'t'. .•. NOTES CHAIN CONV

"CODE .•.. rWE ITlb..·.# #8 TIM~./ ...... .....1/··.;.. .~. .·I '..... I/"~' •.Assesment"

•SlDR 2233 Brief Aircraft Capabilites B R _ L _ _ _ 90 a a 2 TLDR-2112,$LDR- _ TLDR-2112,SlDR- VID 329

andUmi~tions ';~ n3~m2 223~lli2

SLDR 2234 B - L - - _ '" a 0' 2 (1) GCU/GPU, (1) BMT 400Recharge the THT ,;::< THT

"/ AGNR·2D16, 2017, AGNR-2016,2017,••• 2018,2019, 2020, 2018, 2019, 2020,

SLDR 2235 B - L - - >Ie 0 a -c" 1 2021,2022, 2023, _ 2021,2022,2023, GUN 325

Control Machine Gun I, \:-r 2024,2025, TLDR- 2024,2025, TLDR-Fi~ ;; 2122,21B 212~21n

_ .Jm·.••I··.1?Tet;~~:!~·;;, _~ 0 0 0 ~ ls2.··.......,i·.i....·"·'~.1~ ..... ,{.,•.. , '..... ' ..... ~ ... '... .... '•.,;;.';;.',{"." ..,..".].

Handle eMS Keying

P5GT 2300 MaterialfCommunicatio B,R - L - - - 365 I:,', a a 1 SLDR 2200,2201 CMS MATERIAL SLDR 2200, 2201 COM-310ns Aids I.•' ..'.Supervise Crypto

PSGT 2301 Gra hic 0 Tr n fer B R _ L _ ~ 365 0 0 3 SLDR-2200,2201, (2) DATA SLDR-2200,2201, -306~ ata as" PSGT-2300 TRANSFER DEVICE PSGT-2300 ComDeVice:,

Supervise theCommunications of the

LAAD or~ani~HF, SLDR-2202, 2203, MM HF SLDR~2202, 2203,PSGT 2302 Communications B,R L - - - 365 0 0 6 2205 2206 2207 CO UNICATION 220 2206 2207 COM-313

Equipment in a Section I"" S 5".

Leader/ Platoon "'"CommanderPosition,;,:

PSGT 2303 Set-up and Operate The B R _ L _ _ ~ 365 0 0 1< 3 nDR-2119, SLDR- (1) MRC-148 nDR-2119,SLDR- COM 319MRC-148 ' 2204,2206 2204,2206

TLDR-2100, 2101, nOR-2100, 2101,1 ,;, 2102, 2103, 2105, 2102,2103, 2105,

PSGT 2304 Supervise Establishment B - L - - * V,:;::, 0;::0: 0 1:/ 2 2106,SLDR-2200, 2106, SLDR-2200, BMT~361of Communications In 1::+ 2201, ~~~; 2204, 2201, ~~~i 2204,the Command Post 1/

2305 Develop and Implement B _ L _ _ _ '" 0 0 _ _ _ _PSGT Unit TrainingPlan,,:,' 4

3-125Enclosure (1)

Page 126: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

NOTES

Demonstrate an2306 I understandingof the Air B L •

PSGT I Tasking Order I I I I 1Demonstrate an

2307 \ understanding of theI I I L

I I I I• 0 0

PSGT I Airspace Control Plan B L I 1Demonstrate an

2308 I understanding of theI I I

LI

-I I I • 0 0

PSGT I Airspace Control Order B I I 1Extract the Pertainent

2309 I Information from the I I I LACO

AGNR~2000, 2002, AGNR-IOOO, 2002,2004, TlDR-2100, 2004, TLDR-2100,2101,2103, 2106, 2101,2103, 2106,

apse I 2400 I I B,R I - I L I - I - I I 540 0 0 24 I SLDR-2202, 2203, SLDR-2202, 2203, I BMT3862205,2209,2214, 2205, 2209, 2214,

Establish a CommandPSGT-2300, 2301, PSGT-2300,2301,

Post2302, 2303, 2304 2302, 2303, 2304

TLDR-2104,2113, TLDR-2104,2113,2114,2115, 2125, 2114, 2115, 2125,SLDR-2210,2211, SLDR-2210,2211,2212, 2213, 2214, 2212,2213,2214,2215,2216,2217, 2215, 2216, 22l7,

apse I 2401 I I B,R I - I L I - I . I I 540 0 0 24 I2218,2219,2220, 2218,2219,2220, I

BMT3882221,2222, 2223, 2221, 2222, 2223,2224,2225, 2226, 2224, 2225, 2226,2227, 2228, 2229, 2227,2228,2229,

Perform Watch ChiefPSGT-2306, 2307, PSGT-2306,2307,

Duties in the Combat2308,2309, OPSC- 2308,2309,

Operations Center2400 OPSC-2400

Demonstrate anB L

PSGT-2306, 2307, PSGT-2306, 2307,

understanding ofTSMCS • 1 2308 2308

0 0 0

Enclosure (1) 3-126

Page 127: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

EVENTCONV

CHAINNOTES,PREREQ

liVEEVENTS

EPOI

EVENT

TITLE

SlDR-2200, SlDR-2200,

GBAD I 3000 I Employa LAAD Section I I I I · I I I II I I I I I2201,2202, 2203, 2201,2202, 2203,

in a Point DefenseB,R E l · · 365 0 0 12 2204, 2205,2221, lAW with Unit SOP 2204, 2205, 2221,

2227, 2228, 2229, 2227, 2228, 2229,2230 2230

Employ a LAAD Section

I I I I I I I II I I II ISLDR-2200, 2201, SLDR-2200, 2201,

GBAD 1 3001 I in a Surveillance B,R E l · · · 365 0 0 122202,2203, 2204,

lAW with Unit SOP 2202,2203, 2204,

Weapons and Gap Filler2205,2221,2224, 2205,2221, 2224,2228,2229,2230 2228,2229, 2230

Employ a LAAD Section

I I I I I I I II II II ISlDR-2200,2201, SLDR-2200,2201,

GBAD I 3002 I in a Defense of a B,R E l · · · 365 0 0 122202, 2203, 2204,

lAW with Unit SOP2202, 2203, 2204,

Maneuvering Unit2205, 2221, 2222, 2205, 2221, 2222,2228,2229,2230 2228,2229, 2230

SlDR-2200, 2201, SlDR-2200, 2201,

GBAD I 3003 I ~mploy a LAAD Section ] B,R I E I l I · I · I · I 365 I 0 I 0 I 12 I2202,2203, 2204,

lAW with Unit SOP2202,2203, 2204,

In a Defense of a Convey 2205,2221, 2223, 2205,2221, 2223,2228,2229, 2230 2228,2229,2230

SLDR-2200, 2201, 5LDR-2200, 2201,

GBAD I 3004 I ~mproy a LAAD Section I B,R I E I l I · I · I · I 365 1·.1 0 II 0 I 8 I 2202,2203, 2204,lAW with Unit SOP

2202,2203, 2204,In a Base Defense Zone 2205,2221, 2225, 2205,2221,2225,

2228,2229, 2230 2228,2229,2230, , , , , , , , , I, , , , ,Assit in the Planning and

GBAD I 3010 I Emp[oy~ent of.a tAAD I B,R I E I l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I I 12 I GBAD-3000 I lAW with Unit SOP I GBAD-3000Platoon In a PomtDefenseAssit in the Planning and

GBAD I 3011 I ErnploYI~ent of a ~AD I B,R [ E I l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I I 12 I GBAD-3001 I lAW with Unit SOP I GBAD-3001Platoon In a SurveillanceWeapons and Gap FillerAssit in the Planning and

GBAD I 3012 I Employ~ent of a tAAD I . B,R I E I l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 h I 12 I GBAD-3002 I lAW with Unit SOP I GBAD-3002Platoon 111 a Defense ofa Maneuvering Unit

3-127Enclosure (1)

Page 128: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

Assit in

GBAD I 3013 I Empl0Y~lent of a LAAD I B,R I E I l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I I 12 I GBAD·3003 I lAW with UnitSOP I GBAD-3003Platoon In a Defense of aConveyAssit in the Planning and

GBAD I 3014 I Employ~ent of a LAAD I B,R I E I l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I I 8 I GBAO-3004 I lAW with Unit SOP I GBAD-3004Platoon In a Base"Defense ZoneAssit in the Planning and

GBAD I 3020 I Employr:nent o~ a LAAD I B,R I E 1 l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I .1 0 1 I 12 I GBAD·3010 j rAW with Unit SOP I GBAD-3010Battery In a Pomt

DefenseAssit in the Planning and

GBAD I 3021 I Employ~ent of a ~AD I B,R I E I l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I I 12 I GBAD-3011 I lAW with Unit SOP ! GBAD-3011Battery In a SurveillanceWeapons and Gap FillerAssit in the Planning and

GBAO I 3022 I Employr:nent of a LAAD 1 B,R I E I l I · I . I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I I 12 I GBAD-3012 I lAW with Unit SOP I GBAD-3012Battery rn a Defense of aManeuvering UnitAssit in the Planning and

GBAD I 3023 I Emplovr:nent of a LAAD I B,R I E I l I · I · I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I I 12 I GBAD-3014 I lAW with Unit SOP I GBAD·3014Battery In a BaseDefense Zone

Enclosure (1) 3-128

Page 129: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

••••••• > > UiXLLAilus MATRix .' ...• ..... .'i

)[Fiv.;;iiAA~DV E~~~TS I'l~k~~s

STAGE

EVENt .'

'.'.'.

... .... d ~VENts '. EVENT,'CoNd

•• PREREQ

ii" 1#2 ••~~ •. ,fiM

{ NOTES.dbNv.•.....

(ODE TitLE I··J··J·W ;1f.·IIrl~~· I If.2> . ' ...... \G~0L ..N ......... H .......

• ••••• .

....••••

AGNR-2000, 2002, AGNR-2000, 2002,- ... 2004,2005,2006, 2004,2005, 2006,

I. 2007, 2008, 2015, 2007,2008, 2015,2016, 2017, 2018, 2016,2017,2018,2019, 2020, 2021, 2019, 2020, 2021,2022,2023, 2024,

(1) LAAD2022,2023, 2024,

Employ a section in I'·2025,2026, TLDR-

PLATOON WITH2025, 2026, TLDR-

ABGD 3100 mounted and· B,R E L - - 365 II 0I

0 12ZiOO, 2101, 2103,

COMPLETE2100, 2101, 2103,

dismounted Patrols ii···i. .' 1/ 2104,2106, 2107,TACTICAL LOAD

2104, ZiOG, 2107,2108, Zi09, 2110, 2108, 2109, 2110,."

•••• 2114,2116,2117, OUT2114,2116,2117,

2122, 2123, 2125, 2122,2123, 2125,SlDR-2200, 2201, SLDR-2200,2201,2202,2209, 2215, 2202,2209, 2215,2227, 2228, 2229, 2227, 2228,

2230, 2235 2229,2230,2235

AGNR-2000, 2002, AGNR-2000, 2002,

<2004,2005, 2006, 2004, 2005, 2006,.. 2007, 2008, 2015, 2007,2008,2015,

Ii I 2016,2017,2018, 2016,2017,2018,2019,2020,2021, 2019,2020, 2021,

Ic2022, 2023, 2024,

(1) LAAD2022, 2023, 2024,

Establish and operate 1< 2025, 2026, TLDR-PLATOON WITH

2025,2026, TLDR-

ABGD 3101Entry Control

B,R E L - - - 365 0 0 122100,2101,2103,

COMPLETE2100,2101,2103,

Point/Vehicle Check 2104,2106, 2107, 2104,2106, 2107,Point I 2108,2109,2110,

TACTICAL LOAD2108,2109, 2110,

I· '. 2114, 2116, 2117,OUT

21M, 2116, 2117,I...... ...••••••

2122, 2123, 2125, 2122, 2123, 2125,

I> SLDR~2200, 2201, SLDR-2200, 2201,1< 2202,2209, 2215, 2202, 2209, 2215,

IC I Ii 2227, 2228, 2229, 2227, 2228,

I2230,2235 2229,2230,2235

Employ a LAAD Section I (1) LAADABGD 3102 as a Quick Reaction B,R E L - - . 365 .. 0 0 12 ABGD-3100 PLATOON WITH ABGD-3100

Force COMPLETE

3-129 Enclosure (1)

Page 130: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

SLDR-2200, 2201,2202,2203, 2204,2205,2207, 2209,2210,2211, 2212,221S, 2300, 2301,23D2, 2304, 2400,

2401

SLDR-2200,2201,2202, 2203, 2204,2205,2207,2209,2210,2211,2212,2215,2300, 2301,2302, 2304, OPSC-

2400,2401

NOTES

(1) CP TENT,(l)CPO'

COMPUTER, HFAND VHF

RADIOS,Il) BFT

TACTICAL LOADOUT

(l)LAAOCOMMAND POST

SLDR-2200,2201,2201, 2203, 2204,2205,2207, 2209,2210,2211, 2212,2215,2300, 2301,2302,2304, 2400,

2401

SLDR-2200, 2201,2202, 2203, 2204,2205, 2207, 2209,2210, 2211, 2212,2215, 23DO, 2301,2302, 2304,OPSC-

2400,2401

12

12

365

365

L

L

E

E

B,R

B,R

Establish a Base DefenseOperations Center

Serve as a Watch Officerin a Base DefenseOperations Center(BDDC)

3103

3104

C2SYS I 4921 I Operate (2 Personel 1 B 1 1 I I 1 1 • 1<1 4 1 1 0 1'+ 1 0Computer

Operate Blue Force 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • I" 1 4 I'" I D n< 1 0C25V5 I 4922 I Tracker(BFT) Equipment B

C2SY5 I 4923 I Operate Command Post 1 B 1 1 1 1 1 I • F,' 1 4 1+1 0 1 1 Dof the Future (CPo F)

ABGD

ABGD

Enclosure (1) 3-130

Page 131: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

EVENTCONV

CHAINNOTES

LIVEEVENTS

PREREQ

II TIME"'< I' 1.<'

1,

0 0

13 0 0 4 0

17 0 0 5 0

11

17 19

EVENT

Set-up and establishcommunications utilizingan me network

IUT I 5000 I ~ntrodu:e principles of B - G - D • 0 0 , 2Recommended by 51

instruction I, orWTl

IUT I 5010 I Understand the B G - - D • 0 0 1Recommended by SI

structure of an event I .< orWTI

Conduct a period ofIi Recommended by SI

IUT I 5020 I instruction on a T&R B - G - - D • 0 0 2orWTI

I 5100 I UI Aviation 5000.5010. 5020.IUT B - G - - 0 • 0 0 2

T&R program"

, 6320

IUT I 5110 I Understa~d Applicable B - G - - D • 0 0 .••• "

25000,5010,5020,

Community T&R 6320

IUT I 5120 I Und~r~tand.T&R B - G D • 0 0 25000.5010.5020,

Administration- -

6320

IUT I 5130 I Develop a training plan B,R - G D 365 a 0 25000,5010,5020,

- - I 6320

3-131Enclosure (1;

Page 132: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

2001,2002,2003,2004, 2005,2006,2007, 2008,

CERT I 6001 I CERTIFY AS ASSISTANT I I I I - I I I I2009, 2010, 2011,

B E - • 0 0 0 2012,2013,2014,GUNNER

2015,2016, ZOll,2018, 2019, 2020,2021, 2022, 2023,2024,2025,2026CERT-6001, 2100,ZiOl, 2102, 2103,2104, liDS, 2106,2107,2108, 2109,

CERT I 6002 I CERTIFY AS ATEAM I B I E I I - I - I I • 0 0 0 I 2110, 2111, 2112,I I I CERT600LEADER 2113,2114,2115,

2116,2117,2118,2119,2120, 2121,2122, 2123, 2124,2125, A(PM 8006CERT-6002,2200,2201,2202, 2203,2204,2205,2206,2207,2208,2209,2210, 2211, 2212,2213, 2214, 2215,2216, 2217, 2218,2219,2220, 2221,

CERT I 6003 I CERTIFY AS ASECTIONI B I E I I - I I I • 0 0 0 I

2222,2223, 2224,I I I CERT601

LEADER 2225,2226,2227,2228,2229, 2230,2231,2232,2233,2234,2235, ACPM8000,8001,8002,8003, 8004, 8005,8007J 8008, 8022,8027,8042,8043,8044,8045,8065

Enclosure (1) 3-132

Page 133: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

EVENT

POI I NOTES I I EVENTPREREO CHAIN

CONv

CERT-6003,2300,2301,2302,230

CERT I 6004 I CERTIFY AS A PLATOON I I I I -I I I I I II 1/ I I3,2304,2305.2306,23B E ,

0 0 0 07,2308,2309, ACPM I I I CERT602SERGEANT8020,8021,8023,

8024,8025,8026,

8028,8062

CERT-6004, 2400,

2401,2402, ACPM

CERT I 6005 I CERTIFY AS A I I I I I I I I I I8040,8041,8060,

B E - - ,0 0 0 8061,8063,8064, I I I CERT603OPERATIONS CHIEF

8080,8081, 8082,8083,8084, SOSS,

CERT-G003, GBAD-

QUAL I 6200 I ?ualify as Section leader I B,R1

E1 1

-1 1 1

365 1>1 01 1

0 I 0 I 3000, GBAD-3001,mGBAD GBAD-3002, GBAD-

3003, GBAD-3004

CERT-G004, GBAD-

QUAL f 6201 f Qualify as .Platoon I B,R I E I I I - I I 365 1/1 0 II 0 0 I3010, G8AO-3011,

Sergeant In GBAD G8AO-3012, GBAD-

3013, G8AO-3014

Qualify as BCltteryl BnCERT-GODS, GBAO-... 3020, GBAD-3021,

QUAL I 6202 I Operations Chief in B,R E - - - - 365 0 0 , 0G8AO-3022, GBAD-

GBADi < 3023

QUAL I 6210 I ?ualify as Section leader : A8GO-3100, ABGD-B,R E - - - - 365 0 0 I> 0

mABGD 3101, A8GO-3102

Qualify as Battery/ BnQUAL I 6211 1 Operations Chief in I B,R I E I I - I - I I 365 I I 0 I I 0 I· I 0

DESGDESIGNATION AS

0ASSISTANT GUNNER

DE5G DESIGNATION AS A 0 I CERT-6001

3-133Enclosure (1)

Page 134: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

TEAM LEADER

OESG I 6102DESIGNATION AS A I B I I I I I l I • I I 0 II Vi I 0 I CERT-6002 I I ISECTION LEADER

0 DESG610

OESG I 6103DESIGNATION AS A I B I I I I I l I • I I 0 I I I I I CERT-6003 I I IPLATOON SERGEANT

0 0 DESG611

DESIGNATION AS A I I I I I I I • hi I I I: I IDESG I 6104 I OPERATIONS CHIEF B l 0 0 0 CERT-6004 I I I DESG612

DESIGNATION AS A LAADOESG I 6319 I ENHANCEMENT I B I I I I I l I • 0 0 0 I SCHl-600S I I I OESG672

INSTRUCTOR

IiiI

iCERT-6003, IUT-

OESG I I DESIGNATION AS AI

B

I - I - I - I - I l

I• 0 Wi< 0 n 0 5000, IUT-S010, IUT-

6320 BASIC INSTRUCTOR 5020CERT-6004,IUT-

OESG I

IB

I I I - I Il

I• 0 0 0 I 5100, IUT-SHO, IUT-

DESIGNATION AS A 5120, IUT-s130,

6321 SENIOR INSTRUCTOR SCHl-600S

DESIGNATION AS A

OESG I I WEAPONS TACTICAL I B I - I I - I - I l I • 0 0 0 I SCHl-6000 I I I OESG677

INSTRUCTOR,'fAi

W,q~_

']I?l.~,o 0 0 ~ 0

Enclosure (1) 3-134

Page 135: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

3.18 SYLLABUS EVALUATION FORM. Evaluations forms will be maintained bythe battalion WTTP and is available online at the following website:

https:llwww.intranet.tecom.usmc.mil/sites/mawtsl/departmentsl/newc3/gbad/default.aspx

3.19 TRAINING DEVICE MISSION ESSENTIAL SUBSYSTEMS MATRIX (EESM)

3.19.1 Events designated by an "s" in the event header shall be conducted ina training device equipped to meet the objectives listed in the eventdescription; each event requires specific simulator capabilities. Asimulator is categorized as Full Mission Capable (FMC), Partial MissionCapable (FMC), or Non-Mission Capable (NMC) based on the status of missionessential simulator subsystems. The following definitions apply:

3.19.1.1 FMC. All simulator subsystems required to meet trainingobjectives for an event to be conducted are installed and operating properly.A FMC subsystem can be used to conduct any and all S-coded events in thissyllabus.

3.19.1.2 PMC. The simulator subsystem is not operating properly.Although considered highly desirable, the device is not essential to meettraining objectives of an event. While the event can still be completed, thequality of training is degraded. A PMC subsystem can be used to train anyand all S-coded events in this syllabus.

3.19.1.3 NMC. The simulator subsystem lacks the capability to completetraining objectives due to a critical subsystem or capability beinginoperative or not installed. A NMC subsystem cannot be used to conduct anyevent.

3.19.2 The LAAD community uses the Improved Moving Target Simulator (IMTS)to conduct simulation training. The IMTS is a Low Altitude Air Defense(LAAD) weapons training system that provides computer generated aircraft andcomputer generated background images in a 360-degree dome. Real-time weaponinterface and student action monitoring are provided during scenarioexecution. This system provides the Stinger gunner the opportunity tomaintain proficiency for successful operation of the Stinger Man Portable AirDefense System (MANPADS) by using proper techniques and skills to identify,acquire, track and launch Stinger missiles.

3.19.3 IMTS Failed Subsystem descriptions:

3.19.3.1 Network Server Interface - This subsystem is the heart of theIMTS. When it fails, the entire simulator becomes NMC and cannot support anyevent training.

3.19.3.2 Visual Subsystem - This subsystem has redundant capabilitybased on its ability to provide 360 degree situational awareness. Tactics,Techniques and Procedures (TTPs) require a 90 degree sector of interest toincrease gunner effectiveness. The subsystem consists of two parts - imagegenerator and image projector - that operate independent of each other.

3-135

3.19.3.2.1 Image Generator - Consists of 16 identical imagegenerators that generate both aircraft and environmental displays. NMCoccurs when 13 or more of the total 16 image generators fail. PMC occurs

Enclosure (1)

Page 136: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500.57A22 Nov 11

when 12 OL less image generators fail and the 90 degree sector capnbilityremains.

3.19.3.2.2 Image Projector - Consists of 16 identical imageprojectors that project the image created in the image generator. NMC occurswhen 13 or more of the total 16 image projectors fail. PMC occurs when 12 orless image projectors fail and the 90% sector capability remains.

3.19.3.3 Instrumented Weapon Round - The IMTS can support up to threeinstrumented missiles at one time. Routinely, scenario training requires ODe

MANPAD team (two Marines) .

3.19.3.3.1 Instrumented Missile - IMTS can support up to threeinstrumented missiles. NMC occurs when 3 of the 3 instrumented missilesfail. PMC occurs when 2 of 3 instrumented missiles fail.

3.19.3.3.2 Instrumented Grip-stock - IMTS can support up to threeinstrumented grip-stocks. NMC occurs when 3 of the 3 grip-stocks fail. PMCoccurs when 2 of 3 grip-stocks fail.

LAAD SIMULATOR MISSION ESSENTIAL SUBSYSTEM MATRIX (MESM)

FAILED SUB SYSTEM NMC for: PMC for:

NETWORK SERVER INTERFACE All Events None

AUDIO SUBSYSTEM No Event No Event

IMAGE GENERATOR All Events All events

IMAGE PROJECTOR All Events All Events

INSTRUMENTED MISSILE All Event All Events

INSTRUMENTED GRIP-STOCK All Event All Events

3.20 EXPENDABLE ORDNANCE REQUIREMENTS

3.20.1 A LAAD Officer is trained in phases 100, 200, and 300 of the LAADGunner Basic POI. Ordnance requirement for each to complete the Basic POI isprovided below.

BASIC POITOTAL EXPENDABLE ORDNANCE REQUIREMENTS PER INDIVIDUAL

1000 PHASE 2000 PHASE 3000 PHASEORDNANCE TOTALS RDS TOTALS RDS TOTALS RDS

(1 ) Belt of 100 Dummy .50 cal,200 200 0

A560Live A-576 .50 cal linked 400 435 0A-159 Dummy 7.62mm linked 100 200 0

Live A-131 7.62 linked 435 435 0Stinger Missile PL-89, PL-90, or

1 1 0PL-93VX-99 - Stinger Missile Launch

0Simulator (STLS)

0 1

M67 Fragmentation Hand Grenade 0 1 0

Enclosure (1) 3-136

Page 137: Enclosure (1) 3500_57A PT 2.pdfacpm 8007 acpm b008 acpm-8022 acpm-8027 acpm 8042 acpm 8043 acpm b044 acpm-8045 acpm-8065 z30d:r ••••••• 2·s0011 2300r 230~r•.•. 2'301r

NAVMC 3500. 57A22 Nov 11

3.20.2 A LAAD Gunner undergoing refresher training is to complete R-codedevents for the 200 and 300 phases of training. Ordnance requirement for aLAAD Gunner to complete the Refresher POI is provided below.

REFRESHER POITOTAL EXPENDABLE ORDNANCE REQUIREMENTS PER INDIVIDUAL

1000 PHASE 2000 PHASE 3000 PHASEORDNANCE TOTALS RDS TOTALS RDS TOTAL RDS

(1) Belt of 100 Dummy .50 cal, A560NA

200 Per0

Btry

Live A-576 .50 cal linked NA 435 0

A 159 Dummy 7.62mm linked NA 200 0

Live A-13l 7.62 linked NA 435 0

Stinger Missile PL-89, PL 90, or PL 93 NA 1 0

VX-99 - Stinger Missile LaunchNA 1 0Simulator (STLS)

M67 Fragmentation Hand Grenade NA 0 0

3.21 RANGE REQUIREMENTS

Weapon Range .RequirementsMedium Machine Capable of supporting mounted and dismounted firing ofGun 7.62mm and .50 cal at 1/5 scale aerial targets flying with

varying profiles, and stationary ground targets that aresetup at various ranges.

Heavy Machine Capable of supporting mounted and dismounted firing of an M2Gun .50 cal HMG at 1/5 scale aerial targets flying with varying

profiles, and stationary ground targets that are setup atvarious ranges.

M67 A live fire grenade range that supports use of fragmentationFragmentation grenades.Grenade

Stinger Missile Appropriate aerial targets, RCMAT, and/or Remotely PilotedTarget Systems (RPVTS) and firing range capable ofsupporting SHOR/ID missile systems.

3-137 Enclosure (1)